CA2289600C - Techniques and compositions for treating heart failure and ventricular remodeling by in vivo delivery of angiogenic transgenes - Google Patents
Techniques and compositions for treating heart failure and ventricular remodeling by in vivo delivery of angiogenic transgenes Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2289600C CA2289600C CA2289600A CA2289600A CA2289600C CA 2289600 C CA2289600 C CA 2289600C CA 2289600 A CA2289600 A CA 2289600A CA 2289600 A CA2289600 A CA 2289600A CA 2289600 C CA2289600 C CA 2289600C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- fgf
- vector
- vegf
- angiogenic protein
- gene
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Fee Related
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 154
- 206010019280 Heart failures Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 84
- 208000033774 Ventricular Remodeling Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 32
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 title abstract description 36
- 108700019146 Transgenes Proteins 0.000 title description 87
- 230000002491 angiogenic effect Effects 0.000 title description 42
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title description 17
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 264
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 184
- 108010074415 Angiogenic Proteins Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 123
- 102000008076 Angiogenic Proteins Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 120
- 210000002216 heart Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 93
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 76
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 76
- 210000004165 myocardium Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 58
- 206010007559 Cardiac failure congestive Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 43
- 201000010046 Dilated cardiomyopathy Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 38
- 206010056370 Congestive cardiomyopathy Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 36
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 25
- 208000029078 coronary artery disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 23
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 23
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 15
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 claims description 104
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 claims description 95
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 claims description 71
- 108090000380 Fibroblast growth factor 5 Proteins 0.000 claims description 64
- 230000002107 myocardial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 64
- 210000004351 coronary vessel Anatomy 0.000 claims description 55
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 claims description 51
- 102100028073 Fibroblast growth factor 5 Human genes 0.000 claims description 49
- 108090000381 Fibroblast growth factor 4 Proteins 0.000 claims description 42
- 102100028072 Fibroblast growth factor 4 Human genes 0.000 claims description 40
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 claims description 40
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 claims description 36
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 claims description 33
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 claims description 33
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 30
- 102000018233 Fibroblast Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 claims description 24
- 108050007372 Fibroblast Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 claims description 24
- 229940126864 fibroblast growth factor Drugs 0.000 claims description 22
- 108010073929 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor A Proteins 0.000 claims description 21
- 102000005789 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 claims description 20
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 claims description 20
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 claims description 19
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 claims description 19
- 210000004413 cardiac myocyte Anatomy 0.000 claims description 18
- 108010038512 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 claims description 16
- 102000010780 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 claims description 16
- 208000031225 myocardial ischemia Diseases 0.000 claims description 15
- 108090000723 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Proteins 0.000 claims description 14
- 102000013275 Somatomedins Human genes 0.000 claims description 14
- 108090000379 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Proteins 0.000 claims description 13
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 12
- 108090000386 Fibroblast Growth Factor 1 Proteins 0.000 claims description 11
- 210000001567 regular cardiac muscle cell of ventricle Anatomy 0.000 claims description 11
- 101000808011 Homo sapiens Vascular endothelial growth factor A Proteins 0.000 claims description 9
- 102000058223 human VEGFA Human genes 0.000 claims description 9
- 108090000382 Fibroblast growth factor 6 Proteins 0.000 claims description 8
- 210000001349 mammary artery Anatomy 0.000 claims description 8
- 102100028075 Fibroblast growth factor 6 Human genes 0.000 claims description 7
- 102000005604 Myosin Heavy Chains Human genes 0.000 claims description 7
- 210000003752 saphenous vein Anatomy 0.000 claims description 7
- 241000702421 Dependoparvovirus Species 0.000 claims description 6
- 102000009520 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor C Human genes 0.000 claims description 6
- 108010073923 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor C Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 101000629029 Homo sapiens Myosin regulatory light chain 2, ventricular/cardiac muscle isoform Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 102100026925 Myosin regulatory light chain 2, ventricular/cardiac muscle isoform Human genes 0.000 claims description 4
- 108010017843 platelet-derived growth factor A Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 102000003974 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Human genes 0.000 claims 6
- 102000003971 Fibroblast Growth Factor 1 Human genes 0.000 claims 4
- 102100037596 Platelet-derived growth factor subunit A Human genes 0.000 claims 2
- 108010051583 Ventricular Myosins Proteins 0.000 claims 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 139
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 111
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 107
- 230000002861 ventricular Effects 0.000 description 56
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 48
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 47
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 35
- 230000000302 ischemic effect Effects 0.000 description 35
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 35
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 35
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 35
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 31
- 230000004087 circulation Effects 0.000 description 29
- 230000008719 thickening Effects 0.000 description 28
- 108010016628 ameroid Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 26
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 25
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 25
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 24
- 101150021185 FGF gene Proteins 0.000 description 24
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 24
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 24
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 24
- 210000001736 capillary Anatomy 0.000 description 21
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 19
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 19
- 208000028867 ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 17
- 230000001746 atrial effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 15
- 101150066555 lacZ gene Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 15
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 206010061216 Infarction Diseases 0.000 description 14
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000001476 gene delivery Methods 0.000 description 14
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000010412 perfusion Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000007574 infarction Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000002592 echocardiography Methods 0.000 description 12
- 208000019622 heart disease Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 230000004217 heart function Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000004895 regional blood flow Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000004064 dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 11
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 11
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- 241000282898 Sus scrofa Species 0.000 description 10
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 10
- 210000001147 pulmonary artery Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 238000007492 two-way ANOVA Methods 0.000 description 10
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 9
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 9
- 241001135569 Human adenovirus 5 Species 0.000 description 8
- 108020005202 Viral DNA Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000010339 dilation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 8
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 210000005240 left ventricle Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 8
- 206010002383 Angina Pectoris Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 102100031706 Fibroblast growth factor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 102100024785 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000002169 extracardiac Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000000004 hemodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 210000000107 myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 210000002027 skeletal muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 7
- 208000000059 Dyspnea Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 206010013975 Dyspnoeas Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 102000000589 Interleukin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 208000009525 Myocarditis Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 206010028851 Necrosis Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 206010030113 Oedema Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 6
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 6
- 238000000540 analysis of variance Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000000709 aorta Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 6
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000007634 remodeling Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000001525 retina Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000013605 shuttle vector Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000005199 ultracentrifugation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 6
- OPIFSICVWOWJMJ-AEOCFKNESA-N 5-bromo-4-chloro-3-indolyl beta-D-galactoside Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC1=CNC2=CC=C(Br)C(Cl)=C12 OPIFSICVWOWJMJ-AEOCFKNESA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000013607 AAV vector Substances 0.000 description 5
- 108010084498 Myosin Heavy Chains Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000002870 angiogenesis inducing agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000007431 microscopic evaluation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000010016 myocardial function Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- BKVIYDNLLOSFOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N thallium Chemical compound [Tl] BKVIYDNLLOSFOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910052716 thallium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 206010003445 Ascites Diseases 0.000 description 4
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000006029 Cardiomegaly Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010016654 Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 4
- 238000010162 Tukey test Methods 0.000 description 4
- 102000009524 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor A Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010073925 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor B Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102100038217 Vascular endothelial growth factor B Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010067390 Viral Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000000038 chest Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000009091 contractile dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008828 contractile function Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002872 contrast media Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004761 fibrosis Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000005003 heart tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000004969 inflammatory cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000005246 left atrium Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 208000010729 leg swelling Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000036387 respiratory rate Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000250 revascularization Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000005241 right ventricle Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 3
- 206010007558 Cardiac failure chronic Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000001778 Coronary Occlusion Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010011086 Coronary artery occlusion Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101100446512 Homo sapiens FGF4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100026827 Protein associated with UVRAG as autophagy enhancer Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 101710102978 Protein associated with UVRAG as autophagy enhancer Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229920005654 Sephadex Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000012507 Sephadex™ Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000004872 arterial blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000001054 cardiac fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000001715 carotid artery Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000012761 co-transfection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008602 contraction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000120 cytopathologic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000001174 endocardium Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N eosin Chemical compound [Na+].OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=C21 YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000001508 eye Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002297 mitogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000000424 optical density measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013310 pig model Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 3
- 101150086745 pre gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000004393 prognosis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004904 shortening Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000029812 viral genome replication Effects 0.000 description 3
- SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-QMMMGPOBSA-N (-)-norepinephrine Chemical compound NC[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WOVKYSAHUYNSMH-RRKCRQDMSA-N 5-bromodeoxyuridine Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(Br)=C1 WOVKYSAHUYNSMH-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005541 ACE inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102100030988 Angiotensin-converting enzyme Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010003591 Ataxia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000020446 Cardiac disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010065929 Cardiovascular insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000557626 Corvus corax Species 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010014418 Electrolyte imbalance Diseases 0.000 description 2
- WZUVPPKBWHMQCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Haematoxylin Chemical compound C12=CC(O)=C(O)C=C2CC2(O)C1C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1OC2 WZUVPPKBWHMQCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000701024 Human betaherpesvirus 5 Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010020880 Hypertrophy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 238000011887 Necropsy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[K+] WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 208000028872 Progressive muscular dystrophy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 208000009982 Ventricular Dysfunction Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010047281 Ventricular arrhythmia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008649 adaptation response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 2
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N adenyl group Chemical class N1=CN=C2N=CNC2=C1N GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001800 adrenalinergic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000002399 angioplasty Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940044094 angiotensin-converting-enzyme inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000157 blood function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003943 catecholamines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940044683 chemotherapy drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- ZPUCINDJVBIVPJ-LJISPDSOSA-N cocaine Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@H]2CC[C@@H](N2C)[C@H]1C(=O)OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZPUCINDJVBIVPJ-LJISPDSOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002716 delivery method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000916 dilatatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000011304 dilated cardiomyopathy 1A Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002934 diuretic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940030606 diuretics Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000004996 familial dilated cardiomyopathy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002523 gelfiltration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001638 lipofection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 2
- RLSSMJSEOOYNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N m-cresol Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(O)=C1 RLSSMJSEOOYNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940100630 metacresol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000003470 mitochondria Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 201000006938 muscular dystrophy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000003274 myotonic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229960002748 norepinephrine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N norepinephrine Natural products NCC(O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000030648 nucleus localization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000016709 nutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- XQYZDYMELSJDRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N papaverine Chemical compound C1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=C1CC1=NC=CC2=CC(OC)=C(OC)C=C12 XQYZDYMELSJDRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 2
- 206010049430 peripartum cardiomyopathy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000011422 pharmacological therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010837 poor prognosis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001566 pro-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002331 radioactive microsphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010474 transient expression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010967 transthoracic echocardiography Methods 0.000 description 2
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000006815 ventricular dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002845 virion Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UUUHXMGGBIUAPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[1-[2-[[5-amino-2-[[1-[5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-2-[[1-[3-(1h-indol-3-yl)-2-[(5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carbonyl)amino]propanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]pentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-3-methylpentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbon Chemical compound C1CCC(C(=O)N2C(CCC2)C(O)=O)N1C(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C1CCCN1C(=O)C(CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)C1CCCN1C(=O)C(CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)C1CCC(=O)N1 UUUHXMGGBIUAPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YQNRVGJCPCNMKT-LFVJCYFKSA-N 2-[(e)-[[2-(4-benzylpiperazin-1-ium-1-yl)acetyl]hydrazinylidene]methyl]-6-prop-2-enylphenolate Chemical compound [O-]C1=C(CC=C)C=CC=C1\C=N\NC(=O)C[NH+]1CCN(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)CC1 YQNRVGJCPCNMKT-LFVJCYFKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010600 3H thymidine incorporation assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930008281 A03AD01 - Papaverine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 206010001258 Adenoviral infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000701242 Adenoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 101100215647 Aspergillus flavus (strain ATCC 200026 / FGSC A1120 / IAM 13836 / NRRL 3357 / JCM 12722 / SRRC 167) aflR gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WOVKYSAHUYNSMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N BROMODEOXYURIDINE Natural products C1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(Br)=C1 WOVKYSAHUYNSMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100462537 Caenorhabditis elegans pac-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010007556 Cardiac failure acute Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031229 Cardiomyopathies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010048610 Cardiotoxicity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024172 Cardiovascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000029816 Collagenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060005980 Collagenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010069729 Collateral circulation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000000057 Coronary Stenosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010011089 Coronary artery stenosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclophosphamide Chemical compound ClCCN(CCCl)P1(=O)NCCCO1 CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000208011 Digitalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000588722 Escherichia Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700039887 Essential Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010053487 Exposure to toxic agent Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700028146 Genetic Enhancer Elements Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101800000194 Growth hormone-binding protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102400001066 Growth hormone-binding protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000010496 Heart Arrest Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100281008 Homo sapiens FGF2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001060267 Homo sapiens Fibroblast growth factor 5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000599951 Homo sapiens Insulin-like growth factor I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701131 Human adenovirus 14 Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001428259 Hypnea Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010058558 Hypoperfusion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000012404 In vitro experiment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102100037852 Insulin-like growth factor I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000007766 Kaposi sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- YQEZLKZALYSWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ketamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(Cl)C=1C1(NC)CCCCC1=O YQEZLKZALYSWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000594011 Leuciscus leuciscus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000362 Lymphotoxin-beta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100117764 Mus musculus Dusp2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001055320 Myxine glutinosa Insulin-like growth factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010222 PCR analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108090000882 Peptidyl-Dipeptidase A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000018262 Peripheral vascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000125945 Protoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700008625 Reporter Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010049418 Sudden Cardiac Death Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000001871 Tachycardia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000013534 Troponin C Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010047295 Ventricular hypertrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108020000999 Viral RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HOBWAPHTEJGALG-JKCMADFCSA-N [(1r,5s)-8-methyl-8-azoniabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl] 3-hydroxy-2-phenylpropanoate;sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.C([C@H]1CC[C@@H](C2)[NH+]1C)C2OC(=O)C(CO)C1=CC=CC=C1.C([C@H]1CC[C@@H](C2)[NH+]1C)C2OC(=O)C(CO)C1=CC=CC=C1 HOBWAPHTEJGALG-JKCMADFCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001015 abdomen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108700010877 adenoviridae proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000048 adrenergic agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000674 adrenergic antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940126157 adrenergic receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940009456 adriamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000246 agarose gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N ampicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=CC=C1 AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000723 ampicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 210000000702 aorta abdominal Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002565 arteriole Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960002028 atropine sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010009 beating Methods 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000005936 beta-Galactosidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010005774 beta-Galactosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000023732 binding proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091008324 binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000015624 blood vessel development Effects 0.000 description 1
- KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N boric acid Chemical compound OB(O)O KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004327 boric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002302 brachial artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229950004398 broxuridine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008366 buffered solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007978 cacodylate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- AIYUHDOJVYHVIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M caesium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cs+] AIYUHDOJVYHVIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000259 cardiotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 210000000748 cardiovascular system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003822 cell turnover Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960002424 collagenase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005094 computer simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003636 conditioned culture medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003748 coronary sinus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011461 current therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004397 cyclophosphamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001151 cytotoxic T lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003205 diastolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008034 disappearance Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000028659 discharge Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006806 disease prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001198 duodenum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002526 effect on cardiovascular system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003038 endothelium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001667 episodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003090 exacerbative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013213 extrapolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000012955 familial cardiomyopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001105 femoral artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002288 golgi apparatus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- BCQZXOMGPXTTIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N halothane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(Cl)Br BCQZXOMGPXTTIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003132 halothane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009931 harmful effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000018578 heart valve disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 102000057233 human FGF5 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003090 iliac artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000003365 immunocytochemistry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005462 in vivo assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008595 infiltration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001764 infiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004041 inotropic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002608 insulinlike Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002427 irreversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003299 ketamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003292 kidney cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005923 long-lasting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004880 lymph fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000037891 myocardial injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002089 myocardial stunning Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005036 nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100001083 no cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000002515 oligonucleotide synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012856 packing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001789 papaverine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003540 papillary muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003516 pericardium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036581 peripheral resistance Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003200 peritoneal cavity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002831 pharmacologic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035479 physiological effects, processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006461 physiological response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000026341 positive regulation of angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001103 potassium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011164 potassium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003334 potential effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036316 preload Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003449 preventive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000718 qrs complex Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009103 reabsorption Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000022532 regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037432 silent mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- HELHAJAZNSDZJO-OLXYHTOASA-L sodium L-tartrate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O HELHAJAZNSDZJO-OLXYHTOASA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910001415 sodium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001433 sodium tartrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002167 sodium tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000011004 sodium tartrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- BNHGKKNINBGEQL-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;5-ethyl-5-(3-methylbutyl)pyrimidin-3-ide-2,4,6-trione Chemical compound [Na+].CC(C)CCC1(CC)C(=O)NC(=O)[N-]C1=O BNHGKKNINBGEQL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000014221 sudden cardiac arrest Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009897 systematic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006794 tachycardia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001550 testis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000167 toxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000003440 toxic substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002627 tracheal intubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000012285 ultrasound imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001604 vasa vasorum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007631 vascular surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000264 venule Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007998 vessel formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- A61K38/18—Growth factors; Growth regulators
- A61K38/1825—Fibroblast growth factor [FGF]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- A61K38/18—Growth factors; Growth regulators
- A61K38/1858—Platelet-derived growth factor [PDGF]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- A61K38/18—Growth factors; Growth regulators
- A61K38/1858—Platelet-derived growth factor [PDGF]
- A61K38/1866—Vascular endothelial growth factor [VEGF]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- A61K38/22—Hormones
- A61K38/30—Insulin-like growth factors, i.e. somatomedins, e.g. IGF-1, IGF-2
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/04—Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K48/00—Medicinal preparations containing genetic material which is inserted into cells of the living body to treat genetic diseases; Gene therapy
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Material From Animals Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
Abstract
Methods are provided for treating patients with congestive heart failure (including dilated cardiomyopathy and congestive heart failure associated with severe coronary artery disease), and for preventing or alleviating deleterious ventricular remodeling after myocardial infarction. The preferred methods of the present invention involve in vivo delivery of genes encoding angiogenic proteins or peptides to the myocardium by direct injection of a vector containing the gene into a blood vessel supplying the heart.
Description
TECHNIQUES AND COMPOSITIONS FOR TREATING HEART FAILURE
AND VENTRICULAR REMODELING
BY IN VIV(J IDELiVE;RY OF ANGIOGENIC TRANSGENES
STATEMENT REGARDING GOVERNMENT-SPONSORED RESEARCH
Certain of the work described herein was supported in part by grants from the United States Government under Grant Nos. V'A-HL0281201 and IPSOHL53773.01 awarded by the National Institutes of Health. The U.S. Government may have certain rights in this invention.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to methods and compositions for treating cardiovascular disease. More specifically, the present invention relates to techniques and polynucleotide constructs for treating heart failure and ventricular remodeling by in vivo delivery of angiogenic transgenes.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
It has been reported that 3-4 million adults in the United States have congestive heart failure (abbreviated "CHF" hc;rein); an~i the incidence of CHF is increasing (see, e.g., Baughman, K., Cardiology Clinics 13: 27-34, 1995). Annually in US hospitals, CHF is the most frequent non-elective admission, and is the discharge diagnosis for 500,000 patients. Once symptoms of heart failure are moderately severe, the prognosis is worse than most cancers in that 50% of such patients are dead within 2 years (Bra.unwald, E. (ed), In: Heart Disease, W.B.
Saunders, Philadelphia, page 471-485, 1988). ME;dical therapy can initially attenuate the symptoms of heart failure (e.g., edema, exercise intolerance and breathlessness), and in some cases prolong life.
However, the prognosis for this disease., even with medical treatment, remains grim (see, e.g., Baughman, K., Cardiology Clinics 13: 27-34, 1995).
CHF is defined as abnormal heart function resulting in inadequate cardiac output to meet metabolic needs (Braunwald, E. (ed), In: Heart Disease, W.B. Saunders, Philadelphia, page 426, 1988). Symptoms include breathlessness, fatigue, weakness, leg swelling and exercise intolerance.
On physical examination, patients with heart failure tend to have elevations in heart and respiratory rates, rules (an indication. of fluid in the lungs), edema, jugular venous distension,-and, in general, enlarged hearts. The most common cause of CHF is atherosclerosis which causes SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26~
blockages in the coronary arteries that supply blood to the heart muscle.
Ultimately, such blockages can cause myocardial infarction (death of heart muscle) with subsequent decline in heart function and resultant heart failure. Other causes of CHF include valvular heart disease, hypertension, viral infections of the heart, alcohol and diabetes. Some cases of heart failure occur without clear etiology and are therefore called idiopathic.
Present treatments for CHF include pharmacological therapies, coronary revascularization procedures (e.g. coronary artery bypass surgery and angioplasty), and heart transplantation.
- Pharmacological therapies have been directed toward increasing the force of contraction of the heart (by using inotropic agents such as digitalis and ~3-adrenergic receptor agonists), reducing fluid accumulation in the lungs and elsewhere (by using diuretics), and reducing the work of the heart (by using agents that decrease systemic vascular resistance such as angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors). (i-adrenergic receptor antagonists have also been tested.
While such pharmacological agents can improve symptoms, and potentially prolong life, the prognosis in most cases remains dismal.
Some patients with heart failure due to associated coronary artery disease can benefit, at least temporarily, by revascularization procedures such as coronary artery bypass surgery and angioplasty. Such procedures are of potential benefit when the heart muscle is not dead but may be dysfunctional because of inadequate blood flow. If normal coronary blood flow is restored, viable dysfunctional myocardium may contract more normally, and heart function may improve.
However, because of an inadequate microvascular bed, revascularization rarely restores cardiac function to normal or near-normal levels in patients with CHF, even though mild improvements are sometimes noted.
Heart transplantation can be a suitable option for patients who have no other confounding diseases and are relatively young, but this is an option for only a small number of patients with heart failure, and only at great expense. In summary, CHF has a very poor prognosis and responds poorly to current therapies.
Further complicating the physiological conditions associated with CHF, are various natural adaptations that tend to occur in patients with dysfunctional hearts. Although these natural responses can initially improve heart function, they ultimately result in problems that can exacerbate CHF, confound treatment, and have adverse effects on survival.
There are three such adaptive responses commonly observed in CHF: (i) volume retention induced by changes in sodium reabsorption, which expands plasma volume and initially improves cardiac output;
(ii) cardiac enlargement (from dilation and hypertrophy) which can increase stroke volume while maintaining a relatively normal wall tension; and (iii) increased norepinephrine release from SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) adrenergic nerve terminals impinging on the heart which, by interacting with cardiac (3-adrenergic receptors, tends to increase heart rate and force of contraction, thereby increasing cardiac output.
However, each of these three natural adaptations tends ultimately to fail for various reasons. In particular, fluid retention tends to result in edema and retained fluid in the lungs that impairs breathing. Heart enlargement can lead to deleterious left ventricular remodeling with subsequent severe dilation and increased wall tension, thus exacerbating CHF. Finally, long-term exposure of the heart to norepinephrine tends to make the heart unresponsive to adrenergic stimulation and is linked with poor prognosis.
Angiogenesis refers generally to the development and differentiation of blood vessels. A
number of proteins, typically referred to as "angiogenic proteins," are known to promote angiogenesis. Such angiogenic proteins include members of the fibroblast growth factor (FGF) family, the vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) family, the platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF) family, the insulin-like growth factor (IGF) family, and others (as described in more detail below and in the art). For example, the FGF and VEGF family members have been recognized as regulators of angiogenesis during growrth and development. Their role in promoting angiogenesis in adult animals has recently keen examined (as discussed below). The angiogenic activity of the FGF and VEGF families is reasonably well established in the setting of protein infusions. For example, it has been shown that acidic FGF ("aFGF") protein within a collagen-coated matrix, when placed in the peritoneal cavity of adult rats, resulted in a well vascularized and normally perfused structure (Thompsor,~, et al., PNAS, 86:7928-7932, 1989). Injection of basic FGF
("bFGF") protein into adult canine coronary arteries during coronary occlusion reportedly led to decreased myocardial dysfunction, smaller myocardial infarctions, and increased vascularitv in the bed at risk (Yanagisawa-Miw;a, et al,., Science, 257:1401-1403, 1992). Similar results have been reported in animal models of myocardial ischemia using bFGF protein (Harada, et al. J. Clin.
Invest., 94:623-630, 1994; Unger, et al., Am. J. Physiol., 266:H1588-H-1595, 1994). An increase in collateral blood flow was shown in dogs treated with VEGF protein (Banai et al. Circulation 89:2183-2189, 1994). Difficulties associated with the potential use of such protein infusions to promote cardiac angiogenesis include: achieving proper locaiization, and ensuring that the protein is and remains in the proper form and concentration needed for uptake and the promotion of an angiogenic effect within cells of the myocardium. Another difficulty is the need for repeated infusion or injection of the protein.
Several groups have described in vivo gene transfer into the myocardium using plasmids, retrovirus, adenovirus and other vectors (see e.g., Barr et al., Supplement II, Circulation, _ 84(4):Abstract 1673, 1991; Burr et al., Gene Therapy, 1:51-58, 1994; French et al., Circulation, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 90(5):2414-2424 ( 1994); French et al., Circulation 90:1517 Abstract No. 2785 ( 1994); Giordano et al., Clin. Res., 42:123A ( 1994); Giordano et al., J. Investigative Med., Supplement 2, 43:287A (1995); Guzman et al., Circulation Research, 73(6):1202-1207 (1993);
Kass-Eisier et al., PNAS (USA), 90:11498-11502 (1993); Muhlhauser et al., Human Gene Therapy, 6:1457-1465 (1995); Miih(hauser et al. Circulation Research, 77(6):1077-1086 (1995);
French et al., Circulation, 90(5):2402-2413 (1994); Rowland et al., Am. Thorac. Surg., 60(3):721-728 (1995).
In general, these reported methods suffer from one or more of the following deficiencies:
inadequate transduction e~ciency and transgene expression; marked immune response to the vectors used, including inflammation and tissue necrosis; and importantly, a relative inability to target transduction and transgene expression to the heart (i.e., gene transfer resulted in the transgene also being delivered to non-cardiac sites such as liver, kidneys, lungs, brain and testes of the test animals). Inflammatory infiltrates were documented in the heart after direct intramyocardial injection through a needle inserted into the myocardial wall (French et al., Circulation, 90(5):2414-2424 (1994)).
A method for treating certain forms of congestive heart failure associated with (3-adrenergic signaling has been demonstrated by Hammond et al. in commonly-owned U.S. Patent Application No. 08/708,661, filed September 5, 1996, incorporated herein in its entirety. That method involves the delivery of genes encoding elements of the ~i-adrenergic signaling pathway to the heart of a patient with heart disease associated with a reduction p-adrenergic signaling. A
method for treating various forms of heart disease such as myocardial ischemia and peripheral vascular disease has been described by Hammond et al. in PCT publication W096/26742, published 06 Sept. 1996.
One form of congestive heart failure is associated with coronary artery disease ("CAD") that is so severe in scope or abruptness that it results in the development of chronic or acute heart failure. In such patients, extensive andlor abrupt occlusion of one or more coronary arteries precludes adequate blood flow to the myocardium, resulting in severe ischemia and, in some cases, myocardial infarction or death of heart muscle. The consequent myocardial necrosis tends to be followed by progressive chronic heart failure or an acute low output state -both of which are associated with high mortality.
Some forms of congestive heart failure have been especially problematic to treat because the cause of the condition remains unknown or untreatable. One such example is "dilated cardiomyopathy" (or DCM as used herein). DCM is a condition of the heart typically diagnosed by the finding of a dilated, hypocontractile left and/or right ventricle in the absence of other -characteristic forms of cardiac disease such as coronary occlusion or a history of myocardial SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) infarction. Patients with DCM can experience angina pectoris even though they do not have severe coronary artery disease. In some of these cases, the cause of DCM is known or suspected.
Examples include familial cardiomyopathy (such as that associated with progressive muscular dystrophy, myotonic muscular dystrophy, Freidrich's ataxia, and hereditary dilated cardiomyopathy), infections resulting in myocardial inflammation (such as infections by various viruses, bacteria and other paf~asites), noninfectious inflammations (such as those due to autoimmune diseases, peripartum cardiomyopathy, hypersensitivity reactions or transplantation rejections), metabolic disturbances causing myocarditis (including nutritional, endocrinologic and electrolyte abnormalities) anal exposure; to toxic agents causing myocarditis (including alcohol, as well as certain chemotherapeutic drugs and catecholamines). In the majority of cases however, approximately 80%, the causE; of DCM remains unknown and the condition is thus referred to as "idiopathic dilated cardiomyopathy." 'l~ he occurrence of DCM poses several major therapeutic concerns, including progressive myocardial injury, hemodynamic inefficiencies associated with the dilated heart, the threat of systemic emboli, and the risk of ventricular arrhythmias. Traditional revascularization is not an option for treatment of dilated cardiomyopathy, because occlusive coronary disease is not the priimary problem. Even for those patients for which the cause of DCM
is known or suspected, the damage is typically not readily reversible. For example, in the case of adriamycin-induced cardiotoxicity, the cardiomyopathy is generally irreversible and results in death in over 60% of afflictedl patients. For most patients with DCM, the cause itself is unknown.
As a result, there are no generally applied treatments for DCM. Physicians have traditionally focused on alleviating the symptoms presented in a patient exhibiting DCM
(e.g., by relieving fluid retention with diuretics, and/or reducing the demand of the heart muscle for oxygen and nutrients with angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors). As a result, approximately 50%
of the patients exhibiting DCM die within tv~ro years of diagnosis, often from sudden cardiac arrest associated with ventricular arrhythmias.
"Ventricular remodeling" often occurs after myocardial infarction, resulting in poor ventricular function. After a ~myocaudial infarct heals, the heart tends to dilate and remodel. This dilating or remodeling often causes further impairment of ventricular function. Poor left ventricular function is the best single predictor of adverse outcome following myocardial infarction. Thus, preventing ventricular remodeling after myocardial infarction would be beneficial. One approach to try to prevent ventricular remodeling is to treat patients who have suffered a myocardial infarction with angiotensin converting enzyme ("ACE") inhibitors (see, e.g., McDonald, K.M., Trans. Assoc. Am. Physicians 103:229-235, 1990; Cohn, J. Clin.
Cardiol. 18 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (Suppl. IV) IV-4-IV-I2, 1995). However, these agents are only somewhat effective at preventing deleterious ventricular remodeling and new therapies are needed.
SUMMARY OP THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to methods and compositions for treating congestive heart failure (including dilated cardiomyopathy as well as congestive heart failure associated with severe coronary artery disease), and for preventing or alleviating deleterious ventricular remodeling, by introducing transgenes encoding angiogenic proteins into the myocardium of a patient. Various aspects of the present invention include the following:
A method for treating a patient suffering from congestive heart failure, comprising delivering a vector to the heart of said patient, the vector comprising a transgene encoding an angiogenic protein or peptide operably linked to a promoter for expression of the transgene.
Among such patients suffering from congestive heart failure are those exhibiting dilated I S cardiomyopthy. Other patients suffering from congestive heart failure are those who have exhibited severe myocardial infarctions, typically associated with severe or occlusive coronary artery disease. Synthesis of the angiogenic protein in the myocardium promotes angiogenesis and increases blood flow. The vector is preferably introduced into a blood vessel supplying blood to the myocardium of the heart, so as to deliver the vector to cardiac myocytes.
Preferably the vector is introduced into the lumen of a coronary artery, a saphenous vein graft, or an internal mammary artery graft; most preferably, the vector is introduced into the lumen of both the left and right coronary arteries. The intracoronary injection is preferably made relatively deeply within the artery, preferably at least about 1 cm into the lumens of the left and right coronary arteries. The intracoronary injection can also be made about I cm into the lumens of a saphenous vein graft and/or an internal mammary artery graft, which can be made in addition to intracoronary injection.
The vector can be delivered in a single injection into each such vessel.
A method for preventing or alleviating deleterious ventricular remodeling in a patient who has suffered (or may suffer) a myocardial infarction, comprising delivering a vector to the heart of said patient, the vector comprising a gene encoding an angiogenic protein or peptide operably linked to a promoter for expression of the gene. Synthesis of the angiogenic protein in the myocardium induces angiogenesis, thus increasing blood flow and alleviating deleterious ventricular remodeling.
In preferred methods of promoting angiogenesis in the treatment of heart failure according to one of the preceding embodiments, the vector comprises at least one gene encoding an SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) angiogemc protein or peptide from the family of FGF (fibroblast growth factors), VEGF (vascular endothelial growth factors), PDGF (platelet-derived growth factors) or IGF
(insulin-like growth factors). In certain preferred embodiments, the vector contains a gene encoding an FGF, including but not limited to FGF-4, FGF-5, :FGF-6, aFGF (also known as FGF-I) and bFGF
(also known as FGF-2). Preferred angiogenic proteins include those which are naturally secreted, or have been modified to enhance secretiion. Presently preferred among such angiogenic proteins are forms of FGF-4, FGF-5, FGF-6, FGl~-l and FGF-2 that are naturally secreted or have been modified to enhance secretion. In other embodiments, the gene encodes a VEGF, including but not limited to members of the VEGF-A f~unily (such as VEGF-121, VEGF-145, VEGF-165, VEGF-189 and VEGF-206), members of the VEGF-B family (such as VEGF-167 and VEGF-186), and members of the VEGF-C family; or a. PDGF or an IGF.
The angiogenic protein-encoding gene is operably linked to a promoter that directs transcription and expression of the gene in a mammalian cell, preferably in a cardiac myocyte.
One presently preferred promoter is a CMV promoter. In other preferred embodiments, the promoter is a tissue specific. promoter, preferably a cardiac-specific promoter, more preferably a ventricular myocyte-specific promoter. Preferred examples of ventricular myocyte-specific promoters include a ventricular myosin Light chain-2 promoter and a myosin heavy chain promoter.
Preferably, the gene encoding the angiogenic factor is also operably linked to a poiyadenylation signal.
In preferred methodls of treating heart failure (including DCM) or alleviating deleterious ventricular remodeling (e.g. after myocardial infarction) according to the present invention, the vector is a viral vector or a llipid-based vector, preferably a viral vector.
The vector can be a targeted vector, especially a vector that preferentially targets ventricular myocytes. Presently preferred viral vectors are derived fram adenovirus (Ad) or adeno-associated virus (AAV). Both human and non-human wall vectors can be used but preferably the recombinant viral vector is replication-defective in humans. fVltere the vector is an adenovirus, it preferably comprises a polynucleotide having a promoter aperably linked to a gene encoding and FGF
(e.g. an FGF-I, FGF-2, FGF-4, FGF-5 or FCiF-6), and is replication-defective in humans.
Presently preferred replication-defective adenoviral vector have deletions that remove the E 1 A
and E 1 B genes, or have deletions that remove t:he EIA, E1B and E4 genes. Preferably about I06 to I014 adenovirus vector particles, more preferably about 108 to 1012 vector particles, are introduced into a blood vessel, preferably a blood vessel supplying the myocardium. Most preferably, an adenovirus vector comprising the angiogenic protein-encoding gene is introduced into the heart of the patient by intracoronary injection directly into the lumens of both coronary arteries.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) For AAV vectors, the vector preferably comprises a polynucleotide having a promoter operably linked to a gene encoding an angiogenic protein flanked by AAV
inverted terminal repeats (ITRs). Preferably, the AAV vector is replication-defective in humans.
Presently preferred replication-defective AAV vectors have deletions affecting one or more AAV replication or encapsidation sequences. More preferably, the AAV rep and cap genes are both removed (and therefore must be supplied in traps to replicate and package AAV vectors, typically in a packaging cell line, as is known in the AAV art).
The vector can also be a lipid-based vector comprising a gene encoding an angiogenic protein. A variety of such lipid-based vectors, including liposomes, micelles and lipid-containing emulsions, have been described in the art.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWMGS
Figure 1 graphically presents percent wall thickening during pacing in a porcine model of congestive heart failure. Percent wall thickening was assessed sequentially in the interventricular septum and lateral wall before pacing (day 0) and every 7 days as heart failure progressed (described in Example I ). Symbols represent mean values; error bars denote 1 SD. Two-way ANOVA (repeated measures) showed that percent wall thickening was affected by duration of pacing (P< 0.001 ) and by region (P=.001 ). Furthermore, the pattern of change in wall thickening was different between the two regions (P<0.0001). Mean values for percent wall thickening at each time point were tested for differences between the two regions post hoc by the Tukey method;
P values for these analyses are shown beneath the error bars.
Figures 2A and 2B graphically present subendocardial blood flow during pacing in a porcine model of congestive heart failure, as described in Example 1.
For Figure 2A, subendocardial (endo) blood flow was assessed sequentially in the interventricular septum and lateral wall under the conditions listed along the x axis. Day refers to the day of sustained pacing that measurements were obtained (0, initiation of pacing; 14, I4 days;
21-28, 21 to 28 days). PACE refers to whether blood flow determinations were obtained with pacemaker activated (+) or inactivated (0). Pacemaker rate was 225 bpm. (See Table 3 herein for numerical values.) Symbols represent mean values; error bars denote 1 SD. Two-way ANOVA
(repeated measures) showed that subendocardial blood flow was affected by duration of pacing (P=.0001 ) and by region (P=.017). Furthermore, the pattern of change in subendocardial blood flow was different between the two regions (P<.006). Mean values for subendocardial blood flow at each time point were tested for differences between the two regions post hoc by Tukey analyses;
P values for these analyses are shown beneath the error bars.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) For Figure 2B, subendocardial blood flow per beat was assessed sequentially in the interventricular septum and lateral wail under the conditions listed along the x axis. Symbols and conditions as in Figure 2A. (See Table; 4 herein for numerical values.) Two-way ANOVA
(repeated measures) showed that subendocardial blood flow per beat was affected by duration of pacing (P=.0001 ) and by region (P=.0198).
Figure 3A graphically presents meridional end-systolic wall stress as assessed sequentially in the interventricular septum and lateral wall before pacing (day 0) and every 7 days as heart failure progressed (described in Example 1 ). Two-way ANOVA (repeated measures) showed that systolic wall stress was affecl:ed by duration of pacing (P<.0001 ). However, the pattern of systolic wall stress was similar in both regions. Measurements were made with pacemakers inactivated.
Figure 3B graphically presents coronary vascular resistance during pacing in a porcine model of congestive heart failure, as described in Example 1. An index of coronary vascular resistance was assessed sequentially in the interventricular septum and lateral wall under the conditions listed along the x axis. Symbols and conditions are the same as in Fig 2. Two-way ANOVA (repeated measures) showed that the coronary vascular resistance index was affected by duration of pacing (P=.0001 ) and by regions (P=.013). Furthermore, the pattern of change in coronary vascular resistance was different between the two regions (P=.0012).
Mean values for coronary vascular resistances at each time point were tested for differences between the two regions post hoc by Tukey analyses. This analysis showed that coronary vascular resistance was higher in the lateral wall than in the septum directly after the initiation of pacing (P value below error bar).
Figure 4 shows a schematic of the construction of an exemplary replication-defective recombinant adenovirus vector usefiil for gene transfer into cells and into the heart, as described in the Examples below.
Figure 5 is a schematic figure which shows rescue recombination construction of a transgene encoding adenovims.
Figures 6A and 6B graphically presents the regional contractile function of the treated animals, as described in Example 5. Figure 6A shows results of animals examined 2 weeks post gene transfer and Figure 6B shows results 12 weeks post gene transfer.
Figures 7A, 7B and 7C show diagrams corresponding to myocardial contrast echocardiographs. White areas denote contrast enhancement (more blood flow) and dark areas denote decreased blood flow. Figure 7A illustrates acute LCx occlusion in a normal pig. Figure 7B illustrates the difference in contrast enhancement between IVS and LCx bed 14 days after gene transfer with IacZ, indicating different blood flows in two regions during atrial pacing (200 bpm).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) In Figure 7C, contrast enhancement appears equivalent in IVS and LCx bed 14 days after gene transfer with FGF-5, indicating similar blood flows in the two regions during atrial pacing. These results are described in Example 5.
Figure 8 shows the peak contrast ratio (a correlate of blood flow) expressed as the ratio of the peak video intensity in the ischemic region (LCx bed) divided by the peak video intensity in the interventricular septum (IVS), measured from the video images using a computer-based video analysis program during atrial pacing (200 bpm) before and 14+1 days after gene transfer with IacZ (control gene) and with FGF-5, and in 5 animals, 12 weeks after FGF-5 gene transfer (described in Example 5). Blood flow to the ischemic bed remained 50% of normal after gene transfer with the control gene but increased 2-fold above normal after gene transfer with FGF-5 (p=0.0018), an effect that persisted for at least 12 weeks.
Figure 9 shows vessel number as quantitated by microscopic analysis in the ischemic and nonischemic regions after gene transfer with FGF-5 and with lacZ (described in Example 5).
There was increased capillary number surrounding each fiber in the ischemic and nonischemic regions of animals that received FGF-5 gene transfer (p<0.038) compared to animals that received the lacZ gene.
Figures 10A, I OB and l OC are from gels documenting DNA, mRNA and protein expression after gene transfer of an angiogenic transgene to the myocardium according to the present invention (as described in Example 5). Figure lOD is from a gel following PCR
amplification demonstrating the absence of any detectable gene transfer to the retina, liver or skeletal muscle of treated animals (as described in Example 5).
Figure 11 shows a comparison of wall thickening achieved with in vivo gene transfer using different angiogenic gene constructs, FGF-4, FGF-5 and FGF-2LI +/- sp (i.e.
FGF-2LI plus or minus secretion signal peptide), as described in examples 6 and 7.
Figure 12 shows that improved function in the ischemic region after FGF-4 gene transfer (as indicated by wall thickening) was associated with improved regional perfusion.
Figure 13 shows a comparison of perfusion (blood flow) resulting from injection of FGF-4, FGF-S or FGF-2LI +/- sp (= FGF-2LI plus or minus signal peptide), as described in Examples 6 and 7.
Figure 14 shows a comparison of wall thickening as a result of gene transfer with FGF-2 plus (FGF-2LI+sp) or minus secretion signal peptide (FGF-2LI-sp), as described in Example 7.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) DETAI1:.ED DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
Definitions "Heart failure" is clinically defined as a condition in which the heart does not provide adequate blood flow to meet metabolic demands. Symptoms include breathlessness, fatigue, weakness, leg swelling, and exercise intolerance. On physical examination, patients with heart failure tend to have elevations in heart and respiratory rates, tales (an indication of fluid in the lungs), edema, jugular venous distension, and, in general, enlarged hearts.
Patients with heart failure suffer a high mortality; typically SO% of the patients die within two years of developing the condition. In some cases, heart failure is associated with severe coronary artery disease ("CAD"), typically resulting in myocardial infarction and either progressive chronic heart failure or an acute low output state, as described herein and in the art. In other cases, heart failure is associated with dilated cardiomyopathy (as c(escribed below) without associated severe coronary artery disease.
"Dilated cardiomyopathy" (or DCM as used herein) is a type of heart failure that is typically diagnosed by the finding of a dilated, hypocontractile left and/or right ventricle in the absence of other characteristic forms of cardiac disease such as coronary occlusion or a history of myocardial infarction. DCM is associated with poor ventricular function and symptoms of heart failure. In these patients, chamber dilation and wall thinning generally results in a high left ventricular wall tension. Although typical occlusive coronary artery disease is absent, these patients often complain of angina pectoris. Other symptoms include breathlessness, fatigue, weakness, leg swelling and exercise intolerance. Many such patients exhibit these symptoms even under mild exertion or at rest, and are thus characterized as exhibiting severe, i.e. "Type-III" or "Type-IV", heart failure, respectively. On physical examination, patients with DCM tend to have elevations in heart and respiratory rates, tales (an indication of fluid in the lungs), edema, jugular venous distension, and, in general, enlarged hearts. Echocardiography is typically employed in the diagnosis of DCM. Patients with DCM can experience angina pectoris, even though they do not have severe coronary artery disease. In some cases, the cause of DCM is known or suspected.
Examples include familial ca.rdiomyopathy (such as that associated with progressive muscular dystrophy, myotonic muscular dystrophy, Freidrich's ataxia, and hereditary dilated cardiomyopathy), infections resulting in myocardial inflammation, noninfectious inflammations (such as those due to autoimmune diseases, peripartum cardiomyopathy, hypersensitivity reactions or transplantation rejections), metabolic disturbances (including nutritional, endocrinologic and electrolyte abnormalities) and exposure to toxic agents (such alcohol, chemotherapeutic drugs and certain catecholamines). In the majority of cases (approximately 80%), the cause of DCM remains unknown and the condition is thus referred to as "idiopathic dilated cardiomyopathy."
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) As used herein, the terms "having therapeutic effect" and "successful treatment" carry essentially the same meaning. In particular, a patient suffering from heart failure (associated with severe CAD or DCM) is successfully "treated" for the condition if the patient shows observable and/or measurable reduction in or absence of one or more of the above-described symptoms after receiving an angiogenic factor transgene according to the methods of the present invention.
Reduction of these signs or symptoms may also be felt by the patient. Thus, indicators of successful treatment of such heart failure conditions include the patient showing or feeling a reduction in any one of the symptoms of angina pectoris, fatigue, weakness, breathlessness, leg swelling, rates, heart or respiratory rates, edema or jugular venous distension. The patient may also show greater exercise tolerance, have a smaller heart with improved ventricular and cardiac function, and in general, require fewer hospital visits related to the heart condition. Preferably, the improvement in cardiac function is adequate to meet the metabolic needs of the patient and the patient does not exhibit symptoms under mild exertion or at rest. Many of these signs and symptoms are readily observable by eye and/or measurable by routine procedures familiar to a I S physician. One indicator of improved cardiac function increased blood flow in the heart especially in the previously ischemic region, is also an indicator of successful treatment. As described below, blood flow in a patient can be measured by thallium imaging (as described by Braunwald in Heart Disease, 4th ed., pp. 276-311 (Saunders, Philadelphia, 1992)) or by echocardiography (described in Examples 1 and 5 and in Sahn, DJ, et al., Circulation. 58:1072-1083, 1978).
Blood flow before and after angiogenic gene transfer can be compared using these methods.
Improved heart function is associated with decreased signs and symptoms, as noted above. In addition to echocardiography, one can measure ejection fraction (LV) by nuclear (non-invasive) techniques as is known in the art.
"Ventricular remodeling" often occurs after myocardial infarction and is typically characterized as follows. After a myocardial infarct heals, continued ischemia in the border region between the healed infarct and normal tissue and other factors leads to a dilation and/or remodeling of the remaining heart tissue, a condition formerly referred to as infarct expansion. Dilation of the whole heart occurs in about 50% of patients who have such infarcts. This dilating, or remodeling, causes further impairment of ventricular function. Remodeling usually develops within a few months after a myocardial infarction although it can occur as early as 1-2 weeks after the infarct.
"Deleterious left ventricular remodeling" (or "deleterious remodeling" for short), refers to chamber dilation after myocardial infarction, which can progress to severe heart failure. By employing the treatment methods described herein, it is expected that such deleterious remodeling can be prevented or at least substantially alleviated. Even if ventricular remodeling has already SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) initiated, it is still desirable to induce angiogenesis since the development of a microvascular bed and an increase in blood flow can still be effective to offset ventricular dysfunction. In a patient who has suffered a myocardial infarction, deleterious ventricular remodeling is "prevented" if the patient lacks chamber dilation and if symptoms of heart failure (described above under "heart failure") do not develop. Delc;terious ventricular remodeling is alleviated if there is any observable or measurable reduction in an existing symptom of the heart failure. For example, the patient may show less breathlessness and improved exercise tolerance. Methods of assessing improvement in -heart function and reduction of symptoms are essentially analogous to those described above for DCM. Prevention or alleviation of deleterious ventricular remodeling as a result of improved collateral blood flow and ventricular function is expected to be achieved within weeks after in vivo angiogenic gene transfer in thc; patient using methods as described herein.
A "polynucleotide" refers to a polymeric form of nucleotides of any length, either ribonucleotides or deoxyribonucleotides, or analogs thereof. This term refers to the primary structure of the molecule, and thus includes double- and single-stranded DNA, as well as double-and single-stranded RNA. It also includes modified polynucleotides such as methylated and/or capped poiynucleotides.
"Recombinant," as applied to a polynucleotide, means that the polynucleotide is the product of various combinations of cloning, restriction and/or ligation steps, and other procedures that result in a construct that i<.; distinct from a polynucleotide found in nature.
A "gene" or "transgene" refers to a polynucleotide or portion of a polynucleotide comprising a sequence that encodes a protein. For most situations, it is desirable for the gene to also comprise a promoter operably linked to the coding sequence in order to effectively promote transcription. Enhancers, repressors and other regulatory sequences may also be included in order to modulate activity of the gene, as is well known in the art. (See, e.g., the references cited below).
The terms "polypeptide," "peptide," and "protein" are used interchangeably to refer to polymers of amino acids of an,y length. These terms also include proteins that are post-translationally modified throul;h reactions that include glycosylation, acetylation and phosphorylation.
An "angiogenic peptide or protein" refers to any protein or peptide that promotes angiogenesis or angiogenic activity, i.e. blood vessel development. Blood vessels that develop in angiogenesis include capillaries which are the smallest caliber blood vessels having a diameter of about 8 microns, and larger cailiber blood vessels that have a diameter of at least about 10 microns.
Angiogenic activity can be determined by measuring blood flow, increase in myocardial function or the presence of blood vessels, using procedures known in the art or described herein. For SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) example, capillary number or density can be quantitated in an animal visually or by microscopic analysis of the tissue site (see Example S). Myocardial blood flow can be determined by the radioactive microsphere technique as described in Roth, DM, et al., Am. J.
Physiol. 253:H1279-H1288, 1987 or Roth, DM, et al., Circulation 82:1778-1789, 1990. Myocardial blood flow can also be quantitated, e.g., by thallium imaging, which involves perfusing the heart with the radionuclide thallium as described by Braunwald in Heart Disease, 4th ed., pp.
276-311 (Saunders, Philadelphia, 1992). The cells in the heart have an avidity for thallium.
Uptake of thallium is positively correlated with blood flow. Thus, reduced uptake indicates reduced blood blow as occurs in ischemic conditions in which there is a perfusion deficit. In a conscious individual, angiogenic activity can be readily evaluated by contrast echocardiography such as described in Examples 1 and S and in Sahn, DJ, et al., Circulation. 58:1072-1083, 1978.
Improved myocardial function can be determined by measuring wall thickening such as by transthoracic echocardiography. Angiogenesis is "promoted" if there is measurable increase in angiogenic activity in the heart of the patient after receiving the angiogenic transgene as compared to before treatment with the transgene. Angiogenic peptides include peptide precursors that are post-transiationally processed into active peptides. Preferably, the angiogenic protein or peptide is a member of the fibroblast growth factor (FGF) family (including but not limited to aFGF (also known as FGF-1 ), bFGF (also known as FGF-2), FGF-4, FGF-5 and FGF-6), a member of the vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) family, including but not limited to members of the VEGF-A family (such as VEGF-121, VEGF-145, VEGF-165, VEGF-189 and VEGF-206), members of the VEGF-B family (such as VEGF-167 and VEGF-186), members of the VEGF-C
family; a member of the platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF) family (e.g., PDGF A or PDGF B), or a member of the insulin-like growth factor (IGF) family. However, a gene encoding any protein or peptide that exhibits angiogenic activity measurable, e.g., by the above-described methods is likely to be useful in the methods of the present invention. Angiogenic peptides or proteins also include "derivatives" and "functional equivalents" of angiogenic proteins such as FGFs, VEGFs, PDGFs and IGFs. Derivatives of such an angiogenic protein or peptide are peptides having similar amino acid sequence and retaining, to some extent, one or more activities of the related angiogenic protein or peptide. Useful derivatives generally have substantial sequence similarity (at the amino acid level) in regions or domains of the protein associated with the angiogenic activity. "Sequence similarity" refers to similarity observed between amino acid sequences in two different proteins or peptides, irrespective of peptide origin. As is well known in the art, there are a number of amino acid replacements that are essentially "conservative" in nature in which the substituted amino acid is relatively similar (e.g. in size and charge) to the original amino acid.
Substantial sequence SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) similarity typically involves at least :30G/o sequence identity (generally as measured over stretches of 10 or more amino acids), preferably 70%, more preferably 90%, and even more preferably 95%
sequence similarity to the related angiogenic protein or peptide or subunit.
As is also known in the art, conservative additions or deletions are generally those that are localized in regions or domains of the protein that do not appear to be involved in activity, in this case promoting angiogenesis. By "functional equivalent" is meant a protein or peptide that has an activity that can substitute for one or more activities of a particular angiogenic protein or peptide. Preferred functional equivalents retain all of the activities of a particular angiogenic protein or peptide;
however, the functional equivalent may have an activity that, when measured quantitatively, is stronger or weaker than the wild-type peptide or protein as measured in angiogenesis assays. Preferred functional equivalents have activities that are within 1 % to 10,000% of the activity of the related angiogenic protein or peptide or subunit, more preferably between 10% to 1000%, and more preferably within 50% to 200%. As is known in the art. a variety of techniques, including computer modeling, are available for assessing the likely impact of such variations; and prospective candidates can be readily screened for the retention of a:ngiogenic potential using in vitro and/or in vivo assays as described herein.
A "heterologous" component: refers to a component that is introduced into or produced within a different entity from that in which it is naturally located. For example, a polynucleotide derived from one organism and introduced by genetic engineering techniques into a different organism is a heterologous polynucleotide which, if expressed, can encode a heterologous polypeptide. Similarly, a promoter or enhancer that is removed from its native coding sequence and operably linked to a different coding sequence is a heterologous promoter or enhancer.
A "promoter," as used herein, refers to a polynucleotide sequence that controls transcription of a gene or coding sequence to which it is operably linked. A
large number of promoters, including constitutive, induc,ible and repressible promoters, from a variety of different sources, are well known in the art (and identified in databases such as GenBank) and are available as or within cloned polynucleotide sequences (from, e.g., depositories such as the ATCC as well as other commercial or individual sources).
An "enhancer," as used herein, refers to a polynucleotide sequence that enhances transcription of a gene or coding sequence to which it is operably linked. A
large number of enhancers, from a variety of different sources are well known in the art (and identified in databases such as GenBank) and available as or within cloned polynucleotide sequences (from, e.g., depositories such as the ATCC: as well as other commercial or individual sources). A number of SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26~
polynucieotides comprising promoter sequences (such as the commonly-used CMV
promoter) also comprise enhancer sequences.
"Operably linked" refers to a juxtaposition of two or more components, wherein the components so described are in a relationship permitting them to function in their intended manner.
A promoter is operably linked to a gene or coding sequence if the promoter controls transcription of the gene or coding sequence. Although an operably linked promoter is generally located upstream of the coding sequence, it is not necessarily contiguous with it. An enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence if the enhancer increases transcription of the coding sequence.
Operably linked enhancers can be located upstream, within or downstream of coding sequences. A
polyadenylation sequence is operably linked to a coding sequence if it is located at the downstream end of the coding sequence such that transcription proceeds through the coding sequence into the polyadenyiation sequence.
A "replicon" refers to a polynucleotide comprising an origin of replication which allows for replication of the polynucleotide in an appropriate host cell. Examples include replicons of a target cell into which a heterologous nucleic acid might be integrated (e.g., nuclear and mitochondria) chromosomes), as well as extrachromosomal replicons (such as replicating plasmids and episomes).
"Gene delivery", "gene transfer," and the like as used herein, are terms referring to the introduction of an exogenous polynucleotide (sometimes referred to as a "transgene") into a host cell, irrespective of the method used for the introduction. Such methods include a variety of well-known techniques such as vector-mediated gene transfer (by, e.g., viral infection/transfection, or various other protein-based or lipid-based gene delivery complexes) as well as techniques facilitating the delivery of "naked" polynucieotides (such as electroporation, "gene gun" delivery and various other techniques used for the introduction of polynucieotides).
The introduced polynucleotide may be stable or transiently maintained in the host cell.
Stable maintenance typically requires that the introduced polynucleotide either contains an origin of replication compatible with the host cell or integrates into a replicon of the host cell such as an extrachromosomal replicon (e.g., a plasmid) or a nuclear or mitochondria) chromosome. A
number of vectors are known to be capable of mediating transfer of genes to mammalian cells, as is known in the art and described herein.
"In vivo " gene delivery, gene transfer, gene therapy and the like as used herein, are terms referring to the introduction of a vector comprising an exogenous polynucleotide directly into the body of an organism, such as a human or non-human mammal, whereby the exogenous polynucleotide is introduced into a cell of such organism in vivo.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) A "vector" (sometimes referred to as a gene delivery or gene transfer "vehicle") refers to a macromolecule or complex of molecules comprising a polynucleotide to be delivered to a host cell, either in vitro or in vivo. Thc; polynucleotide to be delivered may comprise a coding sequence of interest in gene therapy. Vecaors include, for example, viral vectors (such as adenoviruses (Ad), adeno-associated viruses (AAV), and retroviruses), liposomes and other lipid-containing complexes, and other macrornoiecular complexes capable of mediating delivery of a polynucleotide to a host cell. Vectors can also comprise other components or functionalities that further modulate gene delivery and/or gene expression, or that otherwise provide beneficial properties to the targeted cells. Such other components include, for example, components that influence binding or targeting; to cells (including components that mediate cell-type or tissue-specific binding); component that influence uptake of the vector nucleic acid by the cell; components that influence localization of the polynucleotide within the cell after uptake (such as agents mediating nuclear localization); and components that influence expression of the polynucleotide. Such components also include markers, such as detectable and/or selectable markers that can be used to detect or select for cells that have taken up and are expressing the nucleic acid delivered by the vector. Such components can be provided as a natural feature of the vector (such as the use of certain viral vectors which have components or function~alities mediating binding and uptake), or vectors can be modified to provide such funetionalities. A large variety of such vectors are known in the art and are generally available (see, e.g., the various references cited herein).
A "recombinant viral vector" refers to a viral vector comprising one or more heterologous genes or sequences. Since many viral vectors exhibit size-constraints associated with packaging, the heterologous genes or sequences are typically introduced by replacing one or more portions of the viral genome. Such viruses may become replication-defective, requiring the deleted functions) to be provided in ,traps during viral replication and encapsulation (by using, e.g., a helper virus or a packaging cE:ll line carrying genes necessary for replication and/or encapsulation) (see, e.g., the references and illustrations below). Modified viral vectors in which a polynucleotide to be delivered is carried on tlhe outside of the viral particle have also been described (see, e.g., Curiel, DT, et al. PNAS 88: 8850-8854, 1991 ).
Viral "packaging" as used herein refers to a series of intracellular events that results in the synthesis and assembly of a viral vector. Packaging typically involves the replication of the "pro-viral genome", or a recombinant pro-vector typically referred to as a "vector plasmid" (which is a recombinant polynucleotide than can be packaged in an manner analogous to a viral genome,_ typically as a result of being clanked by appropriate viral "packaging sequences"), followed by SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) encapsulation or other coating of the nucleic acid. Thus, when a suitable vector plasmid is introduced into a packaging cell line under appropriate conditions, it can be replicated and assembled into a viral particle. Viral "rep" and "cap" genes, found in many viral genomes, are genes encoding replication and encapsulation proteins, respectively. A
"replication-defective" or "replication-incompetent" viral vector refers to a viral vector in which one or more functions necessary for replication and/or packaging are missing or altered, rendering the viral vector incapable of initiating viral replication following uptake by a host cell. To produce stocks of such replication-defective viral vectors, the virus or pro-viral nucleic acid can be introduced into a "packaging cell line" that has been modified to contain genes encoding the missing functions which can be supplied in trans.~ For example, such packaging genes can be stably integrated into a replicon of the packaging cell line or they can be introduced by transfection with a'packaging plasmid' or helper virus carrying genes encoding the missing functions.
A "detectable marker gene" is a gene that allows cells carrying the gene to be specifically detected (e.g., distinguished from cells which do not carry the marker gene).
A large variety of such marker genes are known in the art. Preferred examples thereof include detectable marker genes which encode proteins appearing on cellular surfaces, thereby facilitating simplified and rapid detection and/or cellular sorting. By way of illustration, the lacZ gene encoding beta-galactosidase can be used as a detectable marker, allowing cells transduced with a vector carrying the lacZ gene to be detected by staining, as described below.
A "selectable marker gene" is a gene that allows cells carrying the gene to be specifically selected for or against, in the presence of a corresponding selective agent.
By way of illustration, an antibiotic resistance gene can be used as a positive selectable marker gene that allows a host cell to be positively selected for in the presence of the corresponding antibiotic.
Selectable markers can be positive, negative or bifunctional. Positive selectable markers allow selection for cells carrying the marker, whereas negative selectable markers allow cells carrying the marker to be selectively eliminated. A variety of such marker genes have been described, including bifunctional (i.e. positive/negative) markers (see, e.g., WO 92/08796, published 29 May 1992, and WO
94/28143, published 8 December 1994), hereby incorporated by reference herein.
Such marker genes can provide an added measure of control that can be advantageous in gene therapy contexts.
"Vasculature" or "vascular" are terms referring to the system of vessels carrying blood (as well as lymph fluids) throughout the mammalian body.
"Blood vessel" refers to any of the vessels of the mammalian vascular system, including arteries, arterioles, capillaries, venules, veins, sinuses, and vasa vasorum.
In preferred aspects of the present invention, vectors comprising angiogenic transgenes are introduced directly into SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) vascular conduits supplying blood to the myocardium. Such vascular conduits include the coronary arteries as well as vessels such as saphenous veins or internal mammary artery grafts.
"Artery" refers to a blood vessel through which blood passes away from the heart.
Coronary arteries supply the tissues of the heart itself, while other arteries supply the remaining organs of the body. The general structure of an artery consists of a lumen surrounded by a multi-layered arterial wall.
An "individual" or a "patient" refers to a mammal, preferably a large mammal, most preferably a human.
"Treatment" or "therapy" as used herein refers to administering, to an individual patient, agents that are capable of eliciting a prophylactic, curative or other beneficial effect on the individual.
"Gene therapy" as used herein refers to administering, to an individual patient, vectors comprising a therapeutic gene.
A "therapeutic polynucleotide" or "therapeutic gene" refers to a nucleotide sequence that is capable, when transferred t:o an individual, of eliciting a prophylactic, curative or other beneficial effect in the individual.
R FFRR FNC'FC
The practice of the present invention will employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques of molecular biology and the like, which are within the skill of the art. Such techniques are explained fully in the literature. Sere e.g., Molecular Cloning: A
Laboratory Manual, (J.
Sambrook et al., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989); Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (F. ,Ausubel et al. eds., 1987 and updated);
Essential Molecular Biology (T. Brown ed., IRL Press 1991); Gene Expression Technology (Goeddel ed., Academic Press 1991 ); Methods for Cloning and Analysis of Eukaryotic Genes (A.
Bothwell et al. eds., Bartlett Publ. 199,0); Gene Transfer and Expression (M. Kriegler, Stockton Press 1990);
Recombinant DNA Methodology (R. Wu et al. eds., Academic Press 1989); PCR: A
Practical Approach (M. McPherson et .al., IRL Press at Oxford University Press 1991 );
Cell Culture for Biochemists (R. Adams ed., Elsevier Science Publishers 1990); Gene Transfer Vectors for Mammalian Cells (J. Miller ~i M. Calos eds., 1987); Mammalian Cell Biotechnology (M. Butler ed., 1991 ); Animal Cell Culti;~re (J. Pollard et al. eds., Humana Press 1990); Culture of Animal Cells, 2nd Ed. (R. Freshney <;t al. eds., Alan R. Liss 1987); Flow Cytometry and Sorting (M.
Melamed et al. eds., Wiley-Liss 1990): the series Methods in Enzymology (Academic Press, Inc.);
Techniques in Immunocytochemistry, (G. Bullock & P. Petrusz eds., Academic Press 1982, 1983, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 1985, 1989); Handbook of Experimental Immunology, (D. Weir & C. Biackwell, eds.); Cellular and Molecular Immunology (A. Abbas et al., W.B. Saunders Co. 1991, 1994);
Current. Protocols in Immunology (J. Coligan et al. eds. 1991 ); the series Annual Review of Immunology; the series Advances in Immunology; Oligonucleotide Synthesis (M. Gait ed., 1984); and Animal Cell Culture (R. Freshney ed., IRL Press 1987).
Additional references describing delivery and logistics of surgery which may be used in the methods of the present invention include the following: Topol, EJ (ed.), The Textbook of Jnterventional Cardiology, 2nd Ed. (W.B. Saunders Co. 1994); Rutherford, RB, Vascular Surgery, 3rd Ed. (W.B. Saunders Co. 1989); The Cecil Textbook of Medicine, 19th Ed.
(W.B. 1992); and Sabiston, D, The Textbook of Surgery, 14th Ed. (W.B. 1991). Additional references describing cell types found in the blood vessels, and those of the vasculature which may be useful in the methods of the present invention include the following: W. Bloom & D. Fawcett, A Textbook of Histology (V.B. Saunders Co. 1975).
Various publications have postulated on the uses of gene transfer for the prevention of disease, including heart disease. See, e.g., Methods in Virology, Vol. 7: Gene Transfer and Expression Protocols, Murray, E. led.), Weiss, Clifton, N.J., 1991; Mazur et al., Molecular and Cellular Biology, 21:104-1 I 1, 1994; French, Herz 18:222-229, 1993; Williams, Journal of Medical Sciences 306:129-136, I993; and Schneider, Circulation 88:1937-1942, 1993.
The references cited in the above section are hereby incorporated by reference herein to the extent that these references teach techniques that are employed in the practice of the present invention.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
References cited within this application, including patents, published applications and other publications, are hereby incorporated by reference.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF VARIOUS PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
Various preferred aspects of the present invention are summarized below and further described and illustrated in the subsequent detailed descriptions and figures.
The present invention relates to methods and compositions for treating congestive heart failure, including dilated cardiomyopathy ("DCM") as well as severe heart failure associated with coronary artery disease ("CAD") and myocardial infarction, and for preventing or alleviating deleterious ventricular remodeling, by introducing transgenes encoding angiogenic proteins into the myocardium of a patient.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) In the present method for treating congestive heart failure, a vector construct containing a gene encoding an angiogenic protein or peptide is targeted to the heart of a patient where synthesis of the exogenous angiogenic protein in the myocardium promotes angiogenesis, thus ameliorating cardiac dysfunction by improving blood flow through newly formed blood vessels. Improved heart function ultimately leads to the reduction or disappearance of symptoms of heart failure and prolonged life beyond the expected mortality within two years of developing severe CHF.
The preferred methods employ vector constructs and/or delivery methods that result in localized expression of an angiogenic protein that is relatively restricted to the myocardium of the patient. Examples of angiogc.nic proteins include members of the FGF family (including FGF-1, FGF-2, FGF-4, FGF-5 and F(~F-6, mote preferably FGF-2, FGF-4 and FGF-S);
members of the vascular endothelial growth factor (V):?GF) family, including but not limited to members of the VEGF-A family (such as VEGF-121, VEGF-145, VEGF-165, VEGF-189 and VEGF-206), members of the VEGF-B family (such as VEGF-167 and VEGF-186), and members of the VEGF-C family; platelet-derived growth factor {PDGF) family; and members of the insulin-like growth IS factor (IGF) family.
Preferred vectors for use in the present invention include viral vectors, lipid-based vectors and other vectors that are capable of delivering DNA to non-dividing cells in vivo. Presently preferred are viral vectors, particularly replication-defective viral vectors (including, for example replication-defective adenovirus (Ad) vectors and adeno-associated virus (AAV) vectors. For ease of production and use in the present invention, replication-defective adenovirus vectors are presently most preferred.
The presently preferred means of in vivo delivery (especially for vector constructs that are not otherwise targeted for delivery and/or expression that is restricted to the myocardium), is by injection of the vector into a blood vessel directly supplying the myocardium, preferably by injection into a coronary artery. Such injection is preferably achieved using a catheter introduced substantially deep (typically a~.t least about 1 cm) within the lumen of one or both coronary arteries or one or more saphenous veins or internal mammary artery grafts or other conduits delivering blood to the myocardium. Injections that are not sufficiently deep in the coronary artery can result in systemic arterial distribution of the virus.
By injecting the viral vector stock, preferably containing no wild-type virus, deeply into the lumen of one or both coronary arteries (or grafts and other vascular conduits), preferably into both the right and left coronary arteries (or grafts and other vascular conduits), and preferably in an amount of 106-1014 viral parl:icles as determined by optical densitometry (more preferably 108-1012 viral particles), it is possible to locally transfect a desired number of cells, especially cardiac SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) myocytes, with genes that encode proteins that promote angiogenesis in the affected myocardium, thereby maximizing therapeutic efficacy of gene transfer, and minimizing undesirable effects at extracardiac sites and the possibility of an inflammatory response to viral proteins. Vector constructs that are specifically targeted to the myocardium, such as vectors incorporating myocardial-specific binding or uptake components, and/or which incorporate angiogenic protein transgenes that are under the control of myocardial-specific transcriptional regulatory sequences (e.g., ventricular myocyte-specific promoters) can be used in place of or, preferably, in conjunction with such directed injection techniques as a means of further restricting expression to the myocardium, especially the ventricular myocytes. For vectors that can elicit an immune response, it is preferable to inject the vector directly into a blood vessel supplying the myocardium as described above, although the additional techniques for restricting the potential for extracardiac expression can also be employed.
The patient can be administered the angiogenic gene treatment at any time in the case of CHF but more preferably within about 1 to 4 weeks after the occurrence of myocardial infarction.
The administration is preferably via a single (one time) intracoronary injection (e.g. into each coronary artery), although more than one injection may sometimes be necessary.
As described in detail below, we have shown that the use of such techniques with vectors carrying angiogenic protein transgenes can effectively promote coronary collateral vessel development and enhance function within the myocardium of a large mammal heart, without any observed effect on non-cardiac tissues and without generating an inflammatory reaction. No inflammatory cell infiltrates, cell necrosis or increased fibrosis were detected. Two weeks after angiogenic gene transfer, myocardial blood flow was improved and ischemia was alleviated, thus enhancing myocardial function. These beneficial effects persisted for at least I2 weeks. By way of illustration, we have used a single intracoronary injection (of about 1011 vector particles), which was observed to provide adequate expression of the angiogenic protein to produce a therapeutic benefit, without toxicity. In accordance with the enhancement of myocardial blood flow, our analyses revealed that high yield transduction of greater than 60%
of the myocardial cells in vivo was achievable using this procedure.
Adenovirus-mediated gene transfer generally does not result in stable incorporation of the transgene into the host genome and therefore transgene expression is relatively transient (although vectors have been shown to be present for up to 5 months). However, in the present treatment methods for the aforementioned heart conditions, transient expression of the angiogenic transgene is generally adequate for achieving the therapeutic goal. In fact, for the present purposes, transient expression is generally desirable over stable integration from the perspective of safety since SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 2fi) disruption of the host genomc; can be avoided. As the experimental examples below demonstrated, transgene expression was maintained sufficiently long to allow collateral vessel development and concomitant restoration of normal heart function. Thus, the angiogenic factor gene does not have to be present in the transfected cell for more than a few weeks to produce a therapeutic effect.
Once the new blood vessels have formed, continued expression of the exogenous angiogenic protein may not required to rriaintain the new vascular structure and increased blood flow.
The techniques of in vivo angiogenic transgene delivery provided by the present invention thus effectively circumvent the need for multiple injections or infusions of angiogenic proteins.
The localized transduction and transgene expression achieved with these present treatment methods also avoid the potentially harmful effects of angiogenesis in non-cardiac tissues such as the retina.
Another aspect of the present invention is a method for preventing or alleviating ventricular remodeling in post-myocardial infarction patients, the method involving targeting in vivo delivery of a vector construct containing a gene encoding an angiogenic protein or peptide to the patient's heart to promote angiogenesis. The increased vascularity and blood flow achieved using the methods of the present invention will tend to reduce ischemia and therefore alleviate progression to deleterious ventricular remodeling. To rectify these disease conditions, patients are preferably treated soon after an infarct .has occurred, preferably within one month post-infarct and even more preferably, within one to three weeks of the infarct. The present invention can also be employed, in a preventive manner, in patients likely to exhibit such infarcts.
Unless otherwise indicated, the techniques and vector compositions for affecting targeted gene transfer in the heart of a patient to prevent or alleviate ventricular remodeling are essentially the same as for the treatment of DCM.
Animal Models Important prerequisites for successful studies on gene therapy are (a) constitution of an animal model that is applicable to clinical congestive heart failure that can provide useful data regarding mechanisms for anl;iogenesis in the setting of CHF, and (b) accurate evaluation of the effects of gene transfer. In the present invention, the pig models fulfill these prerequisites. The pig is a particularly suitable model for studying heart diseases of humans because of its relevance to human physiology. The pig; heart closely resembles the human heart in the following ways.
The pig has a native coronary circulation very similar to that of humans, including the absence of native coronary collateral vessels. Secondly, the size of the pig heart, as a percentage of total_body weight, is similar to that of the human heart. Additionally, the pig is a large animal model, SU85T1TUTE SHEET (RULE 26) therefore allowing more accurate extrapolation on various parameters such as effective vector dosages, toxicity, etc. In contrast, the hearts of animals such as dogs and members of the murine family have a lot of endogenous collateral vessels. Relative to total body weight, the size of the dog heart is twice that of the human heart.
Two porcine models were used in the present invention. The first model, described herein in Example 1, mimics clinical congestive heart failure. In this model, continuous rapid ventricular pacing over a period of 3 to 4 weeks induces heart failure which shows similarities with many features of heart failure (including DCM as well as heart failure associated with severe coronary artery disease). Such pacing results in left ventricular dilation with impaired systolic function analogous to regional functional abnormalities seen in heart failure (including those associated with severe coronary artery disease (CAD), or DCM). Thus, this model can be used to determine whether delivery of a vector construct coding for an angiogenic peptide or protein is effective to alleviate the cardiac dysfunctions associated with these conditions. This model is particularly useful in providing some of the parameters by which to assess the effectiveness of in vivo gene therapy for the treatment of congestive heart failure and ventricular remodeling.
The second model, a model of myocardial ischemia, is described herein in Example 5.
Using this second model, it was demonstrated that adenovirus-mediated delivery of a gene encoding an angiogenic protein alleviated myocardial ischemia by stimulating collateral vessel development and enhancing blood flow in the ischemic region. By way of illustration, we have successfully demonstrated these gene transfer techniques with three different angiogenic proteins, including both native forms and muteins (as described in detail in the Examples below).
In the second model, placement of an ameroid constrictor around the left circumflex (LCx) coronary artery results in gradual complete closure (within 7 days of placement) with minimal infarction ( 1 % of the left ventricle, 4 t 1 % of the LCx bed) (Roth, et al., Circulation, 82:1778, 1990; Roth, et ai., Am. J. Physiol., 235:1-11279, 1987; White, et al., Circ.
Res., 71:1490, 1992;
Hammond, et al., Cardiol., 23:475, 1994; and Hammond, et al., J. Clin.
Invest., 92:2644,' 1993).
Myocardial function and blood flow are normal at rest in the region previously perfused by the occluded artery (referred to as the ischemic region), due to limited endogenous collateral vessel development, but blood flow reserve is insufficient to prevent ischemia when myocardial oxygen demands increase. Thus, the LCx bed is subject to episodic ischemia, analogous to clinical angina pectoris. Collateral vessel development and flow-function relationships are stable within 21 days of ameroid placement, and remain unchanged for four months (Roth, et al., Circulation, 82:1778, 1990; Roth, et al., .4m. J. Physiol., 235:H1279, 1987; White, et al., Circ.
Res., 71:1490, 1992). It has been documented by telemetry that animals have period ischemic dysfunction in the bed at SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) risk, throughout the day, related to abrupt increases in heart rate during feeding, interruptions by personnel, etc. Thus, the model has a bed with stable but inadequate collateral vessels, and is subject to periodic ischemia. Another distinct advantage of the model is that there is a normally perfused and functioning region (the L,AD bed) adjacent to an abnormally perfused and functioning region (the LCx bed), thereby offering a control bed within each animal.
Myocardial contrast echocardiography was used to estimate regional myocardial perfusion. The contrast material is composed of microaggregates of galactose and increases the - echogenicity (whiteness) of the image. The microaggregates distribute into the coronary arteries and myocardial walls in a manner that is proportional to blood flow (Skyba, et al., Circulation, 90:1513-1521, 1994). It has been shown that peak intensity of contrast is closely correlated with myocardial blood flow as measured by microspheres (Skyba, et ai., Circulation, 90:1513-1521, i 994). To document that the echocardiographic images employed in the present invention were accurately identifying the LC'x bed, and that myocardial contrast echocardiography could be used to evaluate myocardial blood flow, a hydraulic cuff occluder was placed around the proximal LCx adjacent to the ameroid.
In the present study, when animals were sacrificed, the hearts were perfusion-fixed (glutaraldehyde, physiological pressures, in situ) in order to quantitate capillary growth by microscopy. PCR was used to detect angiogenic protein DNA and mRNA in myocardium from animals that had received gene transfer. As described below, two weeks after gene transfer, myocardial samples from all five laaZ-transduced animals showed substantial ~3-galactosidase activity on histological inspection. Finally, angiogenic protein expression in cells and myocardium from animals that had receivc;d gene transfer was demonstrated using a polyclonal antibody to the angiogenic protein.
The strategy for therapeutic studies included the timing of transgene delivery, the route of administration of the transgene, and choice of the angiogenic gene. In the ameroid model of myocardial ischemia, gene trmsfer was performed after stable but insufficient collateral vessels had developed. Previous studies using the ameroid model involved delivery of angiogenic peptides during the closure of"the ameroid, prior to the development of ischemia and collateral vessels. However, this strate;;y was not employed for several reasons. First, previous studies are not suitable for closely duplicating the conditions that would be present in the treatment of clinical myocardial ischemia in which gene transfer would be given in the setting of ongoing myocardial ischemia; previous studies are analogous to providing the peptide in anticipation of ischemia, and are therefore less relevant. Second, it was presumed, based upon previous studies in cell culture, that an ischemic stimulus in conjunction with the angiogenic peptide would be the optimal milieu SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) for the stimulation of angiogenesis. Angiogenesis could optimally be achieved by delivery of the transgene at a time when the onset of heart failure (associated with DCM or severe coronary artery disease) or ventricular remodeling was already present. Linked to these decisions was the selection of the method to achieve transgene delivery.
The pig model provided an excellent means to follow regional blood flow and function before and after gene delivery. The use of control animals that received the same recombinant adenovirus construct but with a reporter gene provided a control for these studies. Based on the foregoing, and previous published studies, those skilled in the art will appreciate that the results described below in pigs are expected to be predictive of results in humans.
Transgeses Encoding Angiogenic Proteins and Peptides In the present invention, one or more transgenes encoding an angiogenic protein or peptide factor that can promote angiogenic activity in the heart can be used. Any protein or peptide that exhibits "angiogenic activity" (defined above) measurable by the methods described herein and in the art can be potentially employed in connection with the present invention.
Suitable angiogenic proteins or peptides are exemplified by members of the family of fibroblast growth factors (FGF), vascular endothelial growth factors (VEGF), platelet-derived growth factors (PDGF), insulin-like growth factors (IGF), and others. Members of the FGF family include, but are not limited to, aFGF (FGF-1), bFGF (FGF-2), FGF-4 (also known as "hst/KS3"), FGF-5, FGF-6.
VEGF has been shown to be expressed by cardiac myocytes in response to ischemia in vitro and in vivo; it is a regulator of angiogenesis under physiological conditions as well as during the adaptive response to pathological states ((Banal et al. Circulation 89:2183-2189, 1994). The VEGF
family, includes, but is not limited to, members of the VEGF-A sub-family (e.g. VEGF-121, VEGF-145, VEGF-165, VEGF-189 and VEGF-206), as well as members ofthe VEGF-B sub-family (e.g.
and VEGF-186) and the VEGF-C sub-family. PDGF includes PDGF A and PDGF B. The nucleotide sequences of the genes encoding these proteins, and the corresponding amino acid sequences are known in the art (see, e.g., the GENBANK sequence database for these and other sequences). For the FGF family, see, e.g., Burgess, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 638:
89-97, 1991;
Burgess et al. Annu. Rev. Biochem 58:575-606, 1989; Muhlhauser et al. Hum.
Gene Therapy 6:1457-1465, 1995; Zhan et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 8:3487, 1988; Seddon et al.
Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci.
638:98-108, 1991. For human hst/KS3 (i.e. FGF-4), see Taira et al. Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA
84:2980-2984, 1987. For human VEGF, see e.g., Tischer et al. J. Biol. Chem.
206:11947-11954, 1991, and references therein; Muhlhauser et al., Cir. Res. 77:1077-1086, 1995). Sequence _ information for such genes and encoded polypeptides is readily obtainable from sequence SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) databases such as GenBank or EMBL. Polynucleotides encoding these proteins can also be obtained from gene libraries, e.g., by using PCR or hybridization techniques routine in the art.
Success of the gene transfer approach requires both synthesis of the gene product and secretion from the transfected cell. From this point of view, a gene encoding FGF-4, FGF-5, or FGF-6 is preferred since these proteins contain functional secretory signal sequences and are readily secreted from cells. Puny if not most human VEGF proteins (including but not limited to VEGF-121 and VEGF-165) also are readily secreted and diffusable after secretion. Thus, when expressed, these angiogenic yroteins can readily access the cardiac interstitium and induce angrogenesrs.
With other angiogenic proteins such as aFGF (FGF-1) and bFGF (FGF-2) that lack a native secretory signal sequence, fusion proteins having secretory signal sequences can be recombinantly produced using standard recombinant DNA methodology familiar to one of skill in the art. It is believed that both aFGF and bFGF are naturally secreted to some degree; however, inclusion of an additional secretion signal sequence can be used to enhance secretion of the protein. The secretory signal sequence would typically be positioned at the N-terminus of the desired protein but can be placed at any position suitable to allow secretion of the angiogenic factor. For example, a polynucleotide containing a suitable signal sequence can be fused S' to the first codon of the selected angiogenic protein gene. Suitable secretory signal sequences include signal sequences of the FGF-4, FGF-5, FGF-6 genes or a signal sequence of a different secreted protein such as IL-1 (3. Example 7 below exemplifies one type of modification of an angiogenic protein to contain a signal sequence from another protein, the modification achieved by replacement of residues in the; angiogenic protein with residues that direct secretion of the secreted second protein. A signal sequence derived from a protein that is normally secreted from cardiac myocytes can be used.
For treating humans, ,genes encoding angiogenic proteins of human origin are preferred although angiogenic proteins of other mammalian origin, that exhibit cross-species activity i.e.
having angiogenic activity in humans, can also be used.
Vectors for Gene Delivery In Vivo In general, the gene of interest is transferred to the heart, including cardiac myocytes, in vivo, and directs production of the encoded protein. Preferably such production is constitutive (although inducib~le expression systems can also be employed).
Vectors useful in the ~oresent invention include viral vectors, lipid-based vectors (e.g., liposomes) and other vectors that are capable of delivering DNA to non-dividing cells in vivo.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Presently preferred are viral vectors, particularly replication-defective viral vectors including, for example, replication-defective adenovirus vectors and adeno-associated virus (AAV) vectors. For ease of production and use in the present invention, replication-defective adenovirus vectors are presently most preferred. In contrast to retrovirus, adenovirus generally does not require host cell replication for gene expression because integration is not a component of the adenoviral life cycle.
Adenovirus efficiently infects nondividing cells and is therefor useful for expressing recombinant genes in the myocardium because of the nonrepiicative nature of cardiac myoctes.
A variety of other vectors suitable for in vivo gene therapy can readily be employed to deliver angiogenic protein transgenes for use in the present invention. Such other vectors include other viral vectors (such as AAV), non-viral protein-based delivery platforms, as well as lipid-based vectors. References describing a these and other gene delivery vectors are known in the art, some of which are cited herein.
As described above and in the cited references, vectors can also comprise other components or functionalities that further modulate gene delivery and/or gene expression, or that I S otherwise provide beneficial properties to the targeted cells. Such other components include, for example, components that influence binding or targeting to cells (including components that mediate cell-type or tissue-specific binding); components that influence uptake of the vector nucleic acid by the cell; components that influence localization of the polynucleotide within the cell after uptake (such as agents mediating nuclear localization); and components that influence expression of the polynucleotide. Such components also might include markers, such as detectable and/or selectable markers that can be used to detect or select for cells that have taken up and are expressing the nucleic acid delivered by the vector. Such components can be provided as a natural feature of the vector (such as the use of certain viral vectors which have components or functionalities mediating binding and uptake), or vectors can be modified to provide such functionalities. Selectable markers can be positive, negative or bifunctional.
Positive selectable markers allow selection for cells carrying the marker, whereas negative selectable markers allow cells carrying the marker to be selectively eliminated. A variety of such marker genes have been described, including bifunctional (i.e. positive/negative) markers (see, e.g., Lupton, S., WO
92/08796, published 29 May 1992; and Lupton, S., WO 94/28143, published 8 December 1994).
Such marker genes can provide an added measure of control that can be advantageous in gene therapy contexts. A large variety of such vectors are known in the art and are generally available (see, e.g., the various references cited above).
References describing adenovirus vectors and other viral vectors which could be used in the methods of the present invention include the following: Horwitz, M.S., Adenoviridae and Their SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Replication, in Fields, B., et .al.. (eds.) Virology, Vol. 2, Raven Press New York, pp. 1679-1721, 1990); Graham, F., et al., pp. 109128 in Methods.in Molecular Biology, Vol. 7:
Gene Transfer and Expression Protocols, Murra:y, E. (ed.), Humana Press, Clifton, N.J. (1991);
Miller, N., et al., FASEB Journal 9: 190-199, :1995; Schreier, H, Pharrnaceutica Acta Helvetiae 68: 145-159, 1994;
Schneider and French, Circulation 88:1937-1942, 1993; Curiel D.T., et al., Human Gene Therapy 3: 147-154, 1992; Graham, F.L., et al., WO 95/00655 (5 January 1995); Falck-Pedersen, E.S., WO
95/16772 (22 June 1995); Denefle, P. et al., WO 95/23867 (8 September 1995);
Haddada, H. et al., 4 (24 November 1994); Perricaudet, M. et al., WO 95/02697 (26 January 1995);
Zhang, W., et al., WO 95/25071 ( I2 October 1995). A variety of adenovirus plasmids are also available from commercial sources, including, e.g., Microbix Biosystems of Toronto, Ontario (see, e.g., Microbix Product Information Sheet: Plasmids for Adenovirus Vector Construction, 199b).
Additional references; describing AAV vectors which could be used in the methods of the present invention include the following: Carter, B., Handbook of Parvoviruses, vol. 1, pp. 169-228, 1990; Berns, Virology, pp. I 743-1764 (Raven Press 1990); Carter, B., Curr.
Opin. Biotechnol., 3:
533-539, 1992; Muryczka, N., Current Topics in Microbiology and Immunology, 158: 92-129, 1992; Flotte, T.R., et al., Am. J. Respir. Cell Mol. Biol. 7:349-356, 1992;
Chatterjee et al., Ann.
NY Acad. Sci., 770: 79-90, 1995; Flotte, T.R., et al., WO 95/13365 (18 May 1995); Trempe, J.P., et al., WO 95/13392 ( 18 May 1995); Kotin, R., Human Gene Therapy, 5: 793-801, 1994; Flotte, T.R., et al., Gene Therapy 2:357-362, 1995; Allen, J.M., WO 96/17947 (13 June 1996); and Du et al., Gene Therapy 3: 2543,61, 1996.
References describing non-viral vectors which could be used in the methods of the present invention include the following: Ledley, FD, Human Gene Therapy 6: 1 i 29-1144, 1995; Miller, N., et al., FASEB Journal 9: 190-199, 1995; Chonn, A., et al., Curr. Opin. in Biotech. 6: 698-708, 1995; Schofield, JP, et al., British Med,. Bull. 51: 56-71, -1995; Brigham, K.
L., et al., J. Liposome Res. 3: 31 49, 1993; Brigham. K.L., WO 91/06309 (16 May 1991); Felgner, P.L., et al., WO
91/17424 (14 November 199/); Soladin et al., Biochemistry 34: 13537-13544, 1995; WO
93/19768 (14 October 1993); Debs et al., WO 93125673; Felgner, P.L., et al., U.S. Patent 5,264,618 (November 23, 1993); Epand, R.M., et al., U.S. Patent 5,283,185 (February 1, 1994);
Gebeyehu et al., U.S. Patent 5,334,761 (August 2, 1994); Felgner, P.L., et al., U.S. Patent 5,459, I27 (October 17, 1995):, Overell, R.W., et al., WO 95/28494 (26 October 1995); Jessee, WO
95/02698 (26 January 1995); Daces and Ciccarone, WO 95/17373 (29 June 1995);
Lin et al., WO
96/01840 {25 January 1996).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) An Exemplary Adenoviral Vector that is Helper-Independent and Replication-Deficient in Humans In general, the gene of interest is transferred to the heart including cardiac myocytes, in vivo and directs production of the encoded protein. Several different gene transfer approaches are feasible. Presently preferred is a helper-independent replication-deficient system based on human adenovirus 5. Using this system, we have demonstrated transfection greater than 60% of myocardial cells in vivo by a single intracoronary injection (Giordano and Hammond, Clin. Res., 42:123A, 1994). Non-replicative recombinant adenoviral vectors are particularly useful in transfecting coronary endothelium and cardiac myocytes resulting in highly efficient transfection after intracoronary injection.
As demonstrated herein, the helper-independent replication-defective human adenovirus 5 system can be used effectively transfect a large percentage of myocardial cells in vivo by a single intracoronary injection. We have also shown that such a delivery technique can be used to effectively target vectors to the myocardium of a large mammal heart.
Additional means of targeting vectors to particular cells or tissue types are described below and in the art.
In various illustrations described below, the recombinant adenovirus vectors used are based on the human adenovirus 5 (as described by McGrory WJ et al., Virology 163:614-617, 1988) which are missing essential early genes from the adenovirus genome (usually ElA/E1B), and are therefore unable to replicate unless grown in permissive cell lines that provide the missing gene products in traps. In place of the missing adenovirus genomic sequences, a transgene of interest can be cloned and expressed in tissue/cells infected with the replication-defective adenovirus. Although adenovirus-based gene transfer does not generally result in stable integration of the transgene into the host genome (less than 0.1% adenovirus-mediated transfections result in transgene incorporation into host DNA), adenovirus vectors can be propagated in high titer and transfect non-replicating cells; and, although the transgene is not passed to daughter cells, this is suitable for gene transfer to adult cardiac myocytes, which do not actively divide. Retrovirus vectors provide stable gene transfer, and high titers are now obtainable via retrovirus pseudotyping (Burns, et al., Proc Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA) 90:
8033-8037, 1993), but current retrovirus vectors are generally unable to efficiently transduce nonreplicating cells (e.g., cardiac myocytes) efficiently. In addition, the potential hazards of transgene incorporation into host DNA are not warranted if short-term gene transfer is sufficient.
Indeed, we have demonstrated that a limited duration in the expression of an angiogenic protein is su~cient for substantial angiogenesis (see Example 5). Thus, transient gene transfer is therapeutically adequate for treating such cardiovascular conditions. Within 14 days after gene SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) transfer of FGF-5 into the myocardium, blood flow to the ischemic bed had increased two-fold and the effect persisted for at least 12 weeks (Example 5 and Figure 8). The increased blood flow correlated with an increase in the number of capillaries in the heart (see Example 5). Wall thickening also increased within two weeks after gene transfer and persisted for at least 12 weeks.
Thus, the angiogenic factor gene does not have to be present in the infected cell for more than a few weeks to produce a therapeutic effect. Once the blood vessels have developed, continued expression of the exogenous angiogenic protein may not be required to maintain the new vascular - - structure and increased blood flow.
An advantage associated with nondividing cells such as myocytes is that the viral vector is not readily "diluted out" by host cell division. However, if it is necessary or desirable to further enhance duration of transgene expression in the heart, it is also possible to employ various second generation adenovirus vectors that have. both E1 and E4 deletions, which can be used in conjunction with cyclophosphamide administration (See, e.g., Dai et al., Proc.
Nat'1 Acad. Sci.
(USA) 92: 1401-1405, 1995). To further increase the extent of initial gene transfer, additional I S infusions, or infusion in an isolated coronary circuit can also be employed.
Human 293 cells (Acc;ession No. ATCC CRL1573; Rockville, MD), which are human embryonic kidney cells transformed with adenovirus ElA/E1B genes, typify useful permissive cell lines for the production of such replication-defective vectors. However, other cell lines which allow replication-defective adenovirus vectors to propagate therein can also be used, such as HeLa cells.
Construction of Recombinant Adenovirus Vectors Adenoviral vectors used in the present invention can be constructed by the rescue recombination technique described in McGrory W.J. et al., Virolog~, 163:614-617, 1988. Briefly, the transgene of interest is cloned into a shuttle vector that contains a promoter, polylinker and an adenoviral sequence containing a deletion in the ElA/E1B genes that are essential for viral replication. The transgene can. be cloned into a convenient restriction site within the polylinker.
Suitable shuttle vectors include piasrnid pACl (McGrory et al., Virology, 163:614-617, 1988) (or an analog) which encodes portions of the left end of the human adenovirus 5 genome (Virology, 163:614-617, 1988) minus the early protein-encoding ElA and EiB sequences, and plasmid ACCMVpLpA (Gomez-Foix et al. J. .Biol. Chem., 267:25129-25134, 1992).
pACCMVpLpA
contains the 5' end of the adenovirus serotype 5 genome (map units 0 to 17) where the E1 region has been substituted with the human cytomegalovirus enhancer-promoter (CMV
promoter) _ followed by the multiple cloning site (polylinker) from pUC 19 (plasmid well known in the art), SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) followed by the SV40 polyadenylation signal. The use of plasmid pAC 1 or ACCMVPLA
facilitates the cloning process.
The shuttle vector can then be co-transfected with a piasmid which contains the entire human adenoviral S genome with a length too large to be encapsidated, into 293 cells. Co-transfection can be conducted by any means commonly used in the art, such as by calcium phosphate precipitation or lipofection (see e.g., Biotechniques, 15:868-872, 1993).
As an illustrative plasmid for co-transfection, plasmid "JM17"encodes the entire human adenovirus 5 genome plus portions of the vector pBR322 including the gene for ampicillin resistance (4.3 kb). Although JM17 encodes all of the adenoviral proteins necessary to make mature viral particles, it is too large to be encapsidated into mature virions (40 kb versus 36 kb for wild type).
In a small subset of co-transfected cells, "rescue recombination" occurs between the transgene-containing shuttle vector (such as plasmid pACI) and the plasmid having the entire adenoviral S genome (such as plasmid pJMl7) which generates a recombinant genome that contains the transgene of interest in place of the deleted ElA/E1B sequences, and that secondarily loses the additional sequence (such as the pBR322 sequences) during recombination, thereby being small enough to be encapsidated (see Figures 4 and 5; Giordano et al., Nature Medicine 2(5):534-538, 1996; Giordano et al., Circulation, 88:I-139, 1993; and Giordano and Hammond, Clin. Res., 42:i23A, 1994). The CMV promoter driven (3-galactosidase gene in adenovirus HCMVSPI lacZ
(Clip. Res., 42:123A, 1994), with the use of X-gal treatment can be used to evaluate efficiency of gene transfer.
Illustrative examples demonstrating the preparation and use of such vectors are provided below. The advantages of these vectors include the ability to effect high efficiency gene transfer (more than 60% of target organ cells transfected in vivo), the ease of obtaining high titer viral stocks and the ability of these vectors to effect gene transfer into cells such as cardiac myocytes which do not divide.
Targeted Angiogenic Protein Vector Constructs Limiting expression of the angiogenic transgene to the heart, or to particular cell types within the heart (e.g. cardiac myocytes) can provide certain advantages, as discussed below.
The present invention contemplates the use of cell targeting not only by delivery of the transgene into the coronary artery, for example, but also by use of targeted vector constructs having features that tend to target gene delivery and/or gene expression to particular host cells or host cell types (e.g. cardiac myocytes). Such targeted vector constructs would thus include SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) targeted delivery vectors and/or targeted vectors, as described in more detail below and in the published art. Restricting delivery and/or expression can be beneficial as a means of further focusing the potential effects of gene therapy. The potential usefulness of further restricting delivery/expression depends .in large part on the type of vector being used and the method and place of introduction of such vector. As described herein, delivery of viral vectors via intracoronary injection to the myocardium has been observed to provide, in itself, highly targeted gene delivery (see the Examples below). In addition, using vectors that do not result in transgene integration into a replicon of the host cell (such as adenovirus and numerous other vectors), cardiac myocytes are expected to exhibit relatively long transgene expression since the cells do not generally replicate. In contrast, expression in rapidly dividing cells such as endothelial cells would tend to be decreased by cell division and turnover. However, other means of limiting delivery and/or expression can also be employed, in addition to or in place of the illustrated delivery method, as described herein.
Targeted delivery vectors include, for example, vectors (such as viruses, rton-viral protein-IS based vectors and lipid-based vectors) having surface components (such as a member of a ligand-receptor pair, the other half of which is found on a host cell to be targeted) or other features that mediate preferential binding a.nd/or gene delivery to particular host cells or host cell types. As is known in the art, a number of vectors of both viral and non-viral origin have inherent properties facilitating such preferential binding and/or have been modified to effect preferential targeting (see, e.g., Douglas et al., Nature Biotechnology 14:1574-1578, 1996; Kasahara, N. et al. Science 266:1373-1376, 1994; Miller, N., et al., FASEB Journal 9: 190-199, 1995;
Chonn, A., et al., Curr.
Opin. in Biotech. 6: 698-708, 1995; Schofield, JP, et al., British Med. Bull.
51: 56-71, 1995;
Schreier, H, Pharmaceutica Acta Helvetiae 68: 145-159, 1994; Ledley, F.D., Human Gene Therapy 6: 1129-1144, 1995; Conary, J.T., et al., WO 95/34647 (21 December 1995);
Overell, R.W., et al., WO 95/28494 (26 October 19'95); and Truong, V.L. et al., WO 96/00295 (4 January 1996)).
Targeted vectors include vectors (such as viruses, non-viral protein-based vectors and lipid-based vectors) in which delivery results in transgene expression that is relatively limited to particular host cells or host cell types. By way of illustration, angiogenic transgenes to be delivered according to the present invention can be operably linked to heterologous tissue-specific promoters thereby restricting c;xpression to cells in that particular tissue.
For example, tissue-specific transcriptional control sequences derived from a gene encoding left ventricular myosin light chain-2 (MLC2V) or myosin heavy chain (MHC) can be fused to a transgene such as art FGF gene within a vector such as the adenovirus constructs _ described above. Expression of the transgene can therefore be relatively restricted to ventricular SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) cardiac myocytes. The efficacy of gene expression and degree of specificity provided by MLC2V
and MHC promoters with lacZ have been determined (using a recombinant adenovirus system such as that exemplified herein); and cardiac-specific expression has been reported (see, e.g., Lee et al., J. Biol Chem 267:15875-15885,1992).
Since the MLC2V promoter comprises only about 250 bp, it will fit easily within even size-restricted delivery vectors such as the adenovirus-5 packaging system exemplified herein.
The myosin heavy chain promoter, known to be a vigorous promoter of transcription, provides another alternative cardiac-specific promoter and comprises less than 300 bp.
Other promoters, such as the troponin-C promoter, while highly efficacious and sufficiently small, do not provide such tissue specificity.
In the present methods for the treatment of heart disease, targeting gene transfer to the heart by intracoronary injection with a high titer of the vector is presently preferred.
Propagation and Purification of Adenovirus Vectors I S Recombinant viral vector, such as adenoviral vectors, can be plaque purified according to standard methods. By way of illustration, the resulting recombinant adenoviral viral vectors can be propagated in human 293 cells (which provide ElA and E1B functions in traps) to titers in the preferred range of about 1010-1012 viral particles/ml. Propagation and purification techniques have been described for a variety of viral vectors that can be used in conjunction with the present invention. Adenoviral vectors are exemplified herein but other viral vectors such as AAV can also be employed. For adenovirus, cells can be infected at 80% confluence and harvested 48 hours later. After 3 freeze-thaw cycles of the infected cells, the cellular debris is pelleted by centrifugation and the virus purified by CsCI gradient ultracentrifugation (double CsCI gradient ultracentrifugation is preferred). Prior to in vivo injection, the viral stocks can be desalted (e.g., by gel filtration through Sepharose columns such as Sephadex G25). The desalted viral stock can also be filtered through a 0.3 micron filter if desired. We typically concentrate and purify the viral stock by double CsCI ultracentrifugation, followed by chromatography on Sephadex G25 equilabrated with phosphate buffered saline (PBS). The resulting viral stock typically has a final viral titer that is at least about 1010-1012 viral particles/ml.
Preferably, the recombinant adenovirus is highly purified and is substantially free of wild-type (potentially replicative) virus. For these reasons, propagation and purification can be conducted to exclude contaminants and wild-type virus by, for example, identifying successful recombinant virus with PCR using appropriate primers, conducting two rounds of plaque purification, and double CsCI gradient ultracentrifugation.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Delivery of Vectors Carryiing an .Angiogenic Transgene The means and compositions which are used to deliver the vectors carrying angiogenic protein transgenes depend on the particular vector employed as is welt known in the art. Typically, however, a vector can be in the form of an injectable preparation containing a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier/diluent such as phosphate buffered saline, for example.
Other pharmaceutical carriers, formulations and dosages are: described below.
The presently preferred means of in vivo delivery (especially for vector constructs that are not otherwise targeted for dc;livery and/or expression that is restricted to the myocardium), is by injection of the vector into a blood vessel directly supplying the myocardium, preferably by injection into one or both coronary arteries. Such injection is preferably achieved by catheter introduced substantially (typically at least about 1 cm) within the lumen of one or both coronary arteries or one or more saphnnous veins or internal mammary artery grafts or other conduits delivering blood to the myocardium. Preferably the injection is made in both coronary arteries to provide general distribution to all areas of the heart.
The vectors are delivered in an amount sufficient for the transgene to be expressed and to provide a therapeutic benefil:. For viral vectors (such as adenovirus), the final titer of the virus in the injectabie preparation is preferably in the range of about 106-1014 viral particles which allows for effective gene transfer. An adenovirus vector stock preferably free of wild-type virus can be injected deeply into the lumE:n of one or both coronary arteries (or grafts), preferably into both the right and left coronary arteries (or gra:fts), and preferably in an amount of 10g - 1012 viral particles as determined by optical den~,sitometry. Preferably the vector is delivered in a single injection into each conduit (e.g. into each coronary artery).
By injecting the veco:or composition directly into the lumen of the coronary artery by coronary catheters, it is possible to target the gene rather effectively, and to minimize loss of the recombinant vectors to the proximal aorta during injection. This type of injection enables local transfection of a desired number of cells, especially cardiac myocytes, in the affected myocardium with angiogenic protein- or peptide-encoding genes, thereby maximizing therapeutic efficacy of gene transfer, and minimizing undesirable angiogenesis at extracardiac sites.
Vector constructs th;~t are specifically targeted to the myocardium, such as vectors incorporating myocardial-specific binding or uptake components, and/or which incorporate angiogenic protein transgenea that are under the control of myocardial-specific transcriptional regulatory sequences (e.g., ventricular myocyte-specific promoters) can be used in place of or, preferably, in conjunction with such directed injection techniques as a means of further restricting SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) expression to the myocardium, especially the ventricular myocytes. For vectors that can elicit an immune response, it is preferable to inject the vector directly into a blood vessel supplying the myocardium as described above, although the additional techniques for restricting the potential for extracardiac expression can also be employed.
As described in detail below, it was demonstrated that using such techniques for in viva delivery of a viral vector containing the angiogenic transgene, transgene expression did not occur in hepatocytes and viral RNA could not be found in the urine at any time after intracoronary injection. In addition, no evidence of extracardiac gene expression in the eye, liver, or skeletal muscle could be detected by PCR two weeks after intracoronary delivery of transgenes in this manner.
A variety of catheters and delivery routes can be used to achieve intracoronary delivery, as is known in the art. Direct intracoronary (or graft vessel) injection can be performed using standard percutaneous catheter based methods under fluoroscopic guidance. Any variety of coronary catheter, or a Stack perfusion catheter, for example, can be used in the present invention.
For example, a variety of general purpose catheters, as well as modified catheters, suitable for use in the present invention are available from commercial suppliers such as Advanced Cardiovascular Systems (ACS), Target Therapeutics, Boston Scientific and Cordis. Also, where delivery to the myocardium is achieved by injection directly into a coronary artery (which is presently most preferred), a number of approaches can be used to introduce a catheter into the coronary artery, as is known in the art. By way of illustration, a catheter can be conveniently introduced into a femoral artery and threaded retrograde through the iliac artery and abdominal aorta and into a coronary artery. Alternatively, a catheter can be first introduced into a brachial or carotid artery and threaded retrograde to a coronary artery. Detailed descriptions of these and other techniques can be found in the art (see, e.g., the references cited above, including:
Topol, EJ led.), The Textbook of Interventional Cardiology, 2nd Ed. ( W.B. Saunders Co. 1994);
Rutherford, RB, Vascular Surgery, 3rd Ed. (W.B. Saunders Co. 1989); Wyngaarden JB et al.
(eds.), The Cecil Textbook of Medicine, 19th Ed. (W.B. Saunders, 1992); and Sabiston, D, The Textbook of Surgery, 14th Ed. ( W.B. Saunders Co. 1991 )).
Targeted Gene Expression An unexpected finding of the present invention is that the recombinant adenovirus is taken up very efficiently in the first vascular bed that it encounters. Indeed, in the animal model of Example 4, the effciency of the uptake of the virus in the heart after intracoronary injection, was 98%, i.e., 98% of the virus was removed in the first pass of the virus through the myocardial SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) vascular bed. Furthermore, serum taken from the animals during the injection was incapable of growing viral plaques (Graham, Virology, 163:614-617, 1988) until diluted 200-fold, suggesting the presence of a serum factor (or binding protein) that inhibits viral propagation. These two factors (efficient first pass attachment of virus and the possibility of a serum binding protein) rnay act together to limit gene expression t:o the first vascular bed encountered by the virus.
To further evaluate the extent to which gene transfer was limited to the heart following intracoronary gene transfer, polymerise chain reaction (PCR) was used to see whether there was evidence for extracardiac presence of viral DNA two weeks after gene transfer in two treated animals (Example 4 below). Animals. showed the presence of viral DNA in their hearts but not in their retinas, skeletal musclea, or livers. 1'he sensitivity of the PCR is such that a single DNA
sequence per 5,000,000 cell;, would be detectable. Therefore these data demonstrated that no viral DNA was present in extracardiac tissues two weeks after gene delivery. These results were further conftrmed using other angiogenic proteins and derivatives as described below.
These findings are extremely important becausf; they confirm the concept of cardiac transgene targeting (i.e.
providing expression of the transgene in the heart, but not elsewhere). The localized transgene delivery and expression provide the advantage of safety, further enhancing the use of the present methods in the treatment of patients.
Therapeutic Applications The present method of in vivo transfer of a transgene encoding an angiogenic protein can be applied to the treatment of congestive heart failure (including that associated with dilated cardiomyopathy (DCM) as well as that associated with severe coronary artery disease (CAD)), and to prevent or alleviate ventricular remodeling. As the data below shows, expression of an exogenously-provided angio;genic transgene in the myocardium promotes angiogenesis resulting in increased blood flow and function in the ischemic and non-ischemic regions of the heart. This increased vascularity will alleviate congestive heart failure and will offset the ventricular dysfunction associated with ventricular remodeling.
As described herein, a number of different vectors can be employed to deliver the angiogenic protein transgenes in vivo according to the methods of the present invention. By way of illustration, the replication-deficient recombinant adenovirus vectors exemplified herein achieved highly efficient gene transfer in vivo without cytopathic effect or inflammation in the areas of gene expression.
In treating congestive heart failure, gene transfer of an angiogenic protein encoding transgene can be conducted, for example, after diagnosis of heart failure or the likely development SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) of heart failure. For treating ventricular remodeling, gene transfer can be performed any time after the patient has suffered an infarct, preferably within 30 days and even more preferably within 7-20 days after an infarct.
Compositions or products of the invention may conveniently be provided in the form of formulations suitable for administration into the blood stream (e.g. by intracoronary injection). A
suitable administration format may best be determined by a medical practitioner for each patient individually. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and their formulation are described in standard formulations treatises, e.g., Remington's Pharmaceuticals Sciences by E.W. Martin. See also Wang, Y.J. and Hanson, M.A., "Parental Formulations of Proteins and Peptides: Stability and Stabilizers", .lournals ojParental Sciences and Technology, Technical Report No. 10, Supp. 42:2S
( 1988). Vectors of the present invention should preferably be formulated in solution at neutral pH, for example, about pH 6.5 to about pH 8.5, more preferably from about pH 7 to 8, with an excipient to bring the solution to about isotonicity, for example, 4.5%
mannitol or 0.9% sodium chloride, pH buffered with art-known buffer solutions, such as sodium phosphate, that are generally regarded as safe, together with an accepted preservative such as metacresol 0.1 % to 0.75%, more preferably from 0.15% to 0.4% metacresol. The desired isotonicity may be accomplished using sodium chloride or other pharmaceutically acceptable agents such as dextrose, boric acid, sodium tartrate, propylene glycol, polyols (such as mannitol and sorbitol), or other inorganic or organic solutes. Sodium chloride is preferred particularly for buffers containing sodium ions. If desired, solutions of the above compositions also can be prepared to enhance shelf life and stability. The therapeutically useful compositions of the invention are prepared by mixing the ingredients following generally accepted procedures. For example, the selected components may be mixed to produce a concentrated mixture which may then be adjusted to the final concentration and viscosity by the addition of water and/or a buffer to control pH or an additional solute to control tonicity.
For use by the physician, the compositions will be provided in dosage form containing an amount of a vector of the invention which will be effective in one or multiple doses to induce angiogenesis sufficient to provide a therapeutic effect. As will be recognized by those in the field, an effective amount of therapeutic agent will vary with many factors including the age and weight of the patient, the patient's physical condition, and the level of angiogenesis to be obtained, and other factors.
The effective dose of the compounds of this invention will typically be in the range of about 106 - 1014 viral particles, preferably about 108 - 1012 viral particles.
The number of viral particles may, but preferably does not exceed 1014. As noted, the exact dose to be administered is SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) determined by the attending clinician, but is preferably in 5 ml or less of physiologically buffered solution (such as phosphate buffered saline), more preferably in 1-3 ml.
The presently preferrc;d mode of administration in the case of heart disease is by intracoronary injection to one or both coronary arteries (or to one or more saphenous vein or internal mammary artery grafts) using an appropriate coronary catheter.
The following Examp~ies are provided to further assist those of ordinary skill in the art.
Such examples are intended to be illustrative and therefore should not be regarded as limiting the invention. A number of exemplary modifications and variations are described in this application and others will become apparent to those of skill in this art. Such variations are considered to fall within the scope of the invention as described and claimed herein.
EXAMPLES
The preferred methods of the present invention involve the treatment of patients with heart failure and/or ventricular remodeling.
Example 1 describes a model of heart failure induced by prolonged (over a 3-to 4- week period) rapid ventricular pacing. The Example demonstrates that in an animal model of heart failure, left ventricular myocardial blood flow is abnormally low when the left ventricle has dilated and signs of heart failure are present. In this model, myocardial demand often supersedes myocardial blood flow (oxyge;n supply, and leads to myocardial ischemia.
Example 2 demonstrates the construction of the adenovirus vectors used in the present invention.
Example 3 describes preliminary in vitro experiments to establish the efficacy of an adenovirus vector of the present invention. A control ((3-galactosidase-encoding) adenoviral vector (AdlacZ) was also tested. The results indicated that the present recombinant adenovirus vectors can indeed infect adult cardiomyocytes and provide expression of the transgene with high efficiency. In vivo studies then followed.
Example 4 demonstrates in vivo infection of porcine myocardium with the adenoviral vector encoding (3-galactosidase (AdLa.cZ) and expression of (i-gal in the myocardium.
Example 5 demonstrates that virus-mediated delivery of an FGF-5 angiogenic transgene to the myocardium in vivo can innprove regional blood flow and ameliorate regional myocardial contractile dysfunction.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Example 6 demonstrates that virus-mediated delivery of an FGF-4 angiogenic transgene to the myocardium in vivo can improve regional blood flow and ameliorate regional myocardial contractile dysfunction.
Example 7 demonstrates that virus-mediated delivery of an FGF-2 angiogenic transgene to the myocardium in vivo can improve regional blood flow and ameliorate regional myocardial contractile dysfunction.
EXAMPLE 1: PORCINE MODEL OF CONGESTIVE HEART FAILURE AND ASSOCIATED
MYOCARDIAL ISCHEMIA
1-A. Anunals and Surgical Procedure Nine Yorkshire pigs (Sus scrofa) weighing 4016 kg were anesthetized with ketamine (SO
mg/kg IM) and atropine sulfate (0.1 mg/kg IM) followed by sodium amytal (100 mg/kg IV). After endotracheal intubation, halothane (0.5% to 1.5%) was delivered by a pressure-cycled ventilator throughout the procedure. At left thoracotomy, catheters were placed in the aorta, pulmonary artery, and left atrium. A Konigsberg micromanometer was placed into the left ventricular apex, and an epicardial unipolar lead was placed 1.0 cm below the atrioventricular groove in the lateral wall of the left ventricle. The power generator (Spectrax 5985; Medtronic, lnc.) was inserted into a subcutaneous pocket in the abdomen. Four animals were instrumented with a flow probe (Transonic, Inc.) around the main pulmonary artery. The pericardium was loosely approximated and the chest closed. Seven to 10 days after thoracotomy, baseline measures of hemodynamics, left ventricular function, and myocardial blood flow were made. Ventricular pacing then was initiated (220f9 bpm (beats per minute) for 2614 days). The stimulus amplitude was 2.5 V, the pulse duration 0.5 ms. Nine additional pigs (4017 kg) were used as controls;
five underwent thoracotomy and instrumentation without pacing and were killed 307 days after initial thoracotomy. Data regarding right and left ventricular mass were similar in the control animals whether they had undergone thoracotomy or not, so their data were pooled into a single control group.
1-B. Hemodynamic Studies Hemodynamic data were obtained from conscious, unsedated animals after the pacemaker had been inactivated for at least 1 hour and animals were in a basal state.
All data were obtained in each animal at 7-day intervals. Pressures were obtained from the left atrium, pulmonary artery, and aorta. Left ventricular dP/dt was obtained from the high-fidelity left ventricular pressure.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Pulmonary artery flow was recorded. Aortic and pulmonary blood samples were obtained for calculation of arteriovenous oxygen content difference.
1-C. Echocardiographic Studies Echocardiography is .a method of measuring regional myocardial blood flow which involves injection of a contrast material into the individual or animal.
Contrast material (microaggregates of galactose;) increase the echogenicity ("whiteness") of the image after left atrial injection. The microaggregates distribute into the coronary arteries and myocardial walls in a manner that is proportional to blood flaw (Skyba, et al., Circulation, 90:1513-1521, 1994). The peak intensity of contrast enhancement is correlated with myocardial blood flow as measured by microspheres (Skyba, et al., C.'ircula~'ion, 90:1513-1521, 1994).
Two-dimensional and M-made images were obtained with a Hewlett Packard Sonos imaging system. Images were: obtained from a right parasternal approach at the mid-papillary muscle level and recorded on VHS tape. Measurements were made according to criteria of the American Society of Echocardiography (Sahn, DJ, et al., Circulation. 58:1072-1083 (1978)).
Because of the midline orientation of the porcine interventricular septum (IVS) and use of the right parasternal view, short-axis M-mode measures were made through the IVS and the anatomic lateral wall. All parameters, including end-diastolic dimension (EDD), end-systolic dimension (ESD), and wall thickness, wc;re measured on at least five random end-expiratory beats and averaged. End-diastolic dimension was obtained at the onset of the QRS
complex. End-systolic dimension was taken at the instant of maximum lateral position of the IVS or at the end of the T
wave. Left ventricular systolic function was assessed by use of fractional shortening, FS=[(EDD-ESD)/EDD]x100. Percent wall thickening (%WTh) was calculated as %WTh=[(ESWTh-EDWTh)/EDWT'h]x100. To ~demonstr<ite reproducibility of echocardiographic measurements, animals were imaged on 2 consecutive days before the pacing protocol was initiated. The data from the separate determinatuons were highly reproducible (fractional shortening, R2=.94, P=.006;
lateral wall thickening, R2=.90, P=.005). All of these measurements were obtained with pacemakers inactivated.
1-D. Myocardial Blood Flow Myocardial blood flow was determined by the radioactive microsphere technique as described in detail in previously (Roth, DM, et al., Am. J. Physiol. 253:H1279-H1288, 1987; Roth, DM, et al., Circulation 82:17'78-1789, L990). Transmural samples from the left ventricular lateral wall and IVS were divided unto endocardial, midwall, and epicardial thirds, and blood flow to each SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) third and transmural flow were determined. Transmural sections were taken from regions in which echocardiographic measures had been made so that blood flow and functional measurements corresponded within each bed. Microspheres were injected in the control state (unpaced), at the initiation of ventricular pacing (225 bpm), and then at 7-day intervals during ventricular pacing at 225 bpm; microspheres were also injected with the pacemakers inactivated at 14 days (n=4) and 21 to 28 days (n=3). Myocardial blood flow per beat was calculated by dividing myocardial blood flow by the heart rate (recorded during microsphere injection) (Indolfi, C., et al., Circulation 80:933-993 ( 1989)). Mean left atrial and mean arterial pressures were recorded during microsphere injection so that an estimate of coronary vascular resistance could be calculated;
coronary vascular resistance index equals mean arterial pressure minus mean left atrial pressure divided by transmural coronary blood flow.
1-E. Systolic Wall Stress Circumferential systolic wall stress could not be determined because we could not obtain a I S suitable view to estimate the long axis of the left ventricle. Therefore, we calculated meridional end-systolic wall stress (Riechek, N., et al., Circulation 65:99-108 (1982)) using the equation meridional end-systolic wall stress (dynes) _ (0.334xPxD)-[h(I-h/D)], where P
is left ventricular end-systolic pressure in dynes, D is left ventricular end-systolic diameter in cm, and h is end-systolic wall thickness. Meridional end-systolic wall stress was calculated for both lateral wall and IVS before the initiation of pacing and subsequently at weekly intervals (pacemaker offj.
1-F. Terminal Surgery After 2612 days of continuous pacing, animals were anesthetized and intubated, and midline sternotomies were made. The still-beating hearts were submerged in saline (4°C), the coronary arteries were rapidly perfused with saline (4°C), the right ventricle and left ventricle (including IVS) were weighed, and transmural samples from each region were rapidly frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at a temperature of -70°C.
1-G. Adenine Nucleotides ATP and ADP were measured in transmural samples of the IVS and lateral wall in four animals with heart failure (paced 28 days) and four control animals. The samples from the animals with heart failure were obtained with the pacemakers off (60 minutes) on the day the animals were SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) killed. Samples were obtained identically in all animals. ATP and ADP were measured in a Waters high-performance liquid chromatograph as previously described (Pilz, R.B., et al., J. Biol.
Chem. 259:2927-293 S ( 1984)).
1-H. Statistical Analysis Data are expressed as mean t standard deviation {SD). Specific measurements obtained in the control {prepaced) state and at I-week intervals during pacing were compared by repeated - measures ANOVA (Crunch4, Crunch Software Corp.). In some comparisons (lateral wall versus IVS, for example), two-way ANOVA was used. Post hoc comparisons were performed with the "Tukey method" as described in the art. Nine animals survived 21 days of pacing; six of these survived 28 days of pacing. Data from animals surviving 28 days were statistically indistinguishable from those who survived only 21 days. ANOVA was conducted, therefore, on nine animals at four time points: control (prepacing), 7 days, 14 days, and 21 to 28 days. The null hypothesis was rejected when P<.OS (two-tailed).
Results 1-I. Hemodynamic Studies Rapid ventricular pacing resulted in changes in hemodynamics that were significant after 7 to 14 days of pacing. At 7 days, animals had increased mean left atrial and pulmonary arterial pressures. These pressures became increasingly abnormal with additional weeks of pacing {Table I ). Signs of circulatory congestion (tac,hypnea, ascites, and tachycardia) were evident by 14 to 21 days. Pulmonary arterial floor (cardiac output) had decreased by 21 days of pacing (control, 3.30.1 L/min; 21 days, l.9tCl.4 L/min; P<.OS).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Table 1. HEMODYNAMICS AND LEFT VENTRICULAR FUNCTION
n Control 7d 14d 21-28d p HR(bpm) 9 122f16 136115 149f13b 157tlSc,g .0004 MAP (mm Hg) 9 1038 9916 9817 102114 .52 PA (mm Hg) 7 2417 37t4b 42f9c 48t8c,g,i .0001 LA (mm Hg) 8 13f3 25f5c 30t7c 36t6c,e .0001 AV02D(mUdl) 7 3.611.1 3.510.9 5.211.5 6.2t1.5b,h.0005 EDD (cm) 9 3.910.4 4.40.5 4.9f0.6c 5.8~0.6c,f,i.0001 FS (%) 9 3913 26t5c 18f6c,e 13f4c,~ .0001 LV dP/dt (mm 4 2849f2782408f4601847t381c,d1072f123c,e,.0001 Hg/s) i Analysis of variance (repeated measures) was used to determine whether duration of pacing affected a specific variable; p-values from ANOVA are listed in the rightward column.
Post hoc testing was performed by the Tukey method: ap<0.05; bp<0.01; cp<0.001 (versus control value for the same variable); dp<0.05; ep<0.01; fp,0.001 (vs. previous week);
gp<0.05; hp<0.01;
'p<0.001 (vs. 7d value); post-hoc testing by Tukey method. Measurements were made with pacemakers inactivated and represent mean tSD. 7d: 7 days of pacing; 14d: 14 days of pacing;
21-28d: 21-28 days of pacing.
1-J. Global Left Ventricular Function Left ventricular function was assessed by echocardiography and hemodynamic variables after pacemakers had been inactivated. Fractional shortening was progressively reduced with duration of pacing (P=.0001; Table 1), reaching its lowest value at 21 to 28 days (control, 393%;
21 to 28 days 13f4%; P<.0002). Left ventricular end-diastolic dimension progressively increased during pacing (P<.0001; Table 1), reaching its maximal value at 21 to 28 days (control, 3.910.4 cm; 21 to 28 days, 5.80.6 cm; P=.0002). Left ventricular peak positive dP/dt also decreased throughout the study (P=.0001; Table 1 ). The progressive fall in peak dP/dt was accompanied by increasing left ventricular end-diastolic pressure, documenting decreased left ventricular SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) contractility, since increased preload normally augments left ventricular peak dP/dt. (Mahler, F., et aL,Am. J. Cardiol. 35:626-634 (1975)) 1-K. Left Ventricular Regional Function With the pacemaker inactivated, regional left ventricular function was assessed by measurement of percent wall thickening of the left ventricular lateral wall and IVS. Ventricular pacing from the lateral wall caused significant deterioration in function of the lateral wall compared with the IVS (P=.001; Fig 1 and Table 2). This difference was significant at 7 days and increased further at 21 to 28 clays as lateral wall function deteriorated. The IVS showed an insignificant decrease in wall thickening over the course of the study. End-diastolic wall thickness showed progressive thinning during the study that was more severe in the lateral wall {Table 2).
Table 2. SEQLTENTItAL LEFT VENTRICULAR WALL THICKENING
CONTROL 7d 14d 21-28d p(ANOVA) IVS EDTh .8t. l .'~t.l.7t.1 .6t.1 time: .0001 (cm) LAT EDTh .8t. l .'lf.l.6t.1 .St.l region: .039 (cm) p (IVS vs. ns ns ns ns inter: .027 LAT) IVS WTh (%) 33f~1 3315 28f3 2816 time: .0001 LAT WTh (%) 35t:i 2514 19f8 1416 region: .001 p (IVS vs. ns .02 .007 .0001 inter: .0001 LAT) Two-way analysis of variance {repeated measures) was used to determine whether end-diastolic wall thickness (EDTh) or % wall thickening (WTh) was affected by duration of pacing {time), or region (lateral wall, LAT; or interventricular septum, IVS), or whether the change in EDTh or WTh% was different between the two regions {inter). Mean values for EDTh and WTh%
at each time point were tested for differences between the two regions post-hoc by Tukey analyses.
Values represent mean tSD. 7d: Seven days of pacing; 14d: 14 days of pacing;
21-28d: 21-28 days of pacing. n=9.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 1-L. Left Ventricular Regional Blood Flow Subendocardial blood flow per minute increased more in the IVS than in the lateral wall when pacing was initiated (Fig 2 and Table 3). This difference in regional blood flow during pacing persisted for the duration of the study, and the pattern of change in blood flow was different between the two regions (P=.006). The pattern of change in blood flow per minute between the two regions during pacing was consistent whether measured in endocardial (P=.006), midwall (P=.002), epicardial (P=.016), or transmural (P=.003) sections (Table 3). In contrast, when the pacemaker was inactivated, subendocardial blood flow showed no regional differences whether measured in the control state, at 14 days, or at 21 to 28 days (Fig 2 and Table 3}.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Table 3.
SEQUENTIAL
MYOCARDIAL
BLOOD
FLOW
DAY DAY DAY
OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON p(ANOVA) IVS ENDO 1.411.26i.96t.381.68.222.351.461.881.182.67.39 time:
.0001 (ml/min/g) LAT ENDO 1.40f.331.111.141.501.351.65.251.73t.OS2.OSt.l6region:.017 (mUmin/g) p (IVS ns .701 ns .002 ns .006 inter:
vs. .006 LAT) IVS MID 1.56f.202.11.33 1.841.292.481.312.04f.092.981.46time:
.0001 (ml/min/g) LAT MID 1.661.281.531.171.50.431.771.291.76f.392.12f.06region:.019 (ml/min/g) p (IVS ns .O1 ns ns ns .001 inter:
vs. .002 LAT) IVS EPI 1.131.271.S~Ot.241.541.381.911.481.791.142.531.38time:
.0001 (ml/min/g) LAT EPI 1.371.221.4~Bt.311.241.24I.SSf.25I.SOf.041.921.08region:.l7 (mUmin/g) p (IVS ns ns ns ns .049 ns inter:
vs. .0016 LAT) IVS TRANS1.361.211.8:51.271.691.302.241.461.90f.092.73.40 time:
.0001 (mUmin/g) LAT TRANS1.471.271.3;Bt.221.411.331.651.251.66f.022.031.07region:.019 (mUmin/g) p (IVS ns .001 ns ns ns .001 inter:
vs. .003 LAT) IVS ENDO/1.301.31.321.231.131.201.271.261.051.201.061.10time:
.OS8 EPI
LAT ENDO/ 1.01f.07 0.T7f.10 1..21.06 1.071.11 1.151.02 1.071.10 region:.OS4 EPI
p (IVS vs. ns .0002 ns ns ns ns inter: .0008 LAT) Two-way analysis of variance (repeated measures) was used to determine whether subendocardial (ENDO) or transmural (TRANS) blood flow was affected by duration of pacing (time), or region (lateral wall, LAT; or interventricular septum, IVS}, or whether the pattern of S change in blood flow was difl:erent between the two regions (inter). Mean values for blood flows at each time point were tested for differences between the two regions post-hoc by Tukey analyses.
Values represent mean tSD i°rom S animals. ON: microspheres injected during ventricular pacing (225 bpm). OFF: Pacemaker inactivated. Day O=Control; Day 14: 14 days of pacing; Day 21-28:
21-28 days of pacing. _ SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Endocardial-to-epicardial blood flow ratios did not change significantly as heart failure progressed (P=.058). However, with the initiation of pacing, the endocardial-to-epicardial ratio was substantially lower in the lateral wall than in the IVS (IVS, 1.3210.23;
lateral wall, 0.7710.10;
P=.0002; Table 3). Ratios in both regions were >1.0 throughout the rest of the study.
Endocardial blood flow per beat (Fig 2 and Table 4) was similar in both regions before the initiation of pacing (IVS, 0.01310.003 mL ~ min-1 ~ g-1 ~ beat-1; lateral wall, 0.012~0.004mL
min-1 ~ g-1 ~ beat-1; P=NS). On initiation of ventricular pacing (225 bpm), there was a regional deficit in endocardial blood flow per beat in the lateral wall but not in the IVS (IVS, 0.009f0.002 mL ~ min-1 ~ g-1 ~ beat-1; lateral wall, 0.00510.001 mL ~ min-1 - g-1 ~ beat-1; P=.001). At 14 days and 21 to 28 days, endocardial flow per beat was less in the lateral wall than in the IVS during pacing (Fig 2 and Table 4}. These data indicate that myocardial hypoperfusion in the lateral wall began with the onset of pacing, and this relative ischemia persisted. However, endocardial blood flows per beat remained normal in both regions with the pacemaker off (Fig. 2 and Table 4).
Blood flow in both regions tended to increase during the final week of pacing (Fig 2 and Table 3). This pattern was associated with a progressive fall in the coronary vascular resistance index (Fig 3), suggesting that alterations in coronary vascular structure and function may accompany left ventricular remodeling as heart failure progresses. The coronary vascular resistance index was significantly greater in the lateral wall than in the IVS
at the initiation of pacing, and the pattern of change in coronary vascular resistance was different between the two regions (P=.0012) (Fig 3). These findings may indicate an effect of altered electrical activation on myocardial perfusion.
SUBST1TUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Table 4. ENDOCARDIAL BLOOD FLOW PER BEAT
MODEL ENDOCARDIAL FLOW PER BEAT
(mUmin/gram/beat) PORCINE AMAROID ISCHEMIA (HR 220 bpm; n=6) NONISCHEMIC 13ED 0.01210.004 ISCHEMIC BED 0.0060.002 p < 0.001 PORCINE LV PACING-INDUCEI) CHF' (HR 225 bpm; n=5) PACER ON PACER OFF
DAY 0 I V S 0.00910.002 0.01310.003 (HR
122 bpm) LATERAL WALL O.OOSf0.001 0.01210.004 p = 0.001 ns DAY 14 IVS 0.0100.003 0.01110.002 (HR
149 bpm) LATERAL WALL 0.0070.001 O.OlOf0.003 p = 0.008 ns DAY 21-28 IVS 0.012f0.002 0.01310.003 (HR
157 bpm) LATERAL WALL 0.00910.001 0.0120.002 p < 0.024 ns Data from ameroid ischemia model have been previously published from our laboratory (Hammond, H.K. and McKiman, M.D., J. Am. Coll. Cardiol., 23:475-82 (1994)).
Values represent mean t 1 SD. These data show that the collateral-dependent (ischemic region) of the ameroid model and the lateral wall of the left ventricular pacing-induced heart failure model have similar deficits in endocardial blood flow per beat compared with myocardial regions that are normalcy perfused.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 1-M. Left Ventricular End-Systolic Wall Stress There was a significant increase in estimated meridional end-systolic wall stress with respect to duration of pacing (P<.0001 ), but the pattern of change in wall stress was similar for the lateral wall and IVS (P=33), and post hoc testing failed to show any regional differences in systolic wall stress at any specific time point (Fig 3). The increase in end-systolic wall stress was roughly threefold in the lateral wall (control, 168140x103 dynes; 28 days, 412 ti43x103 dynes; P=.0001) and in the IVS (control, 159f35xi03 dynes; 28 days, 480f225x103 dynes;
P=.0001).
1-N. Necropsy At necropsy, animals with heart failure had ascites (mean amount, 1809 mL;
range, 300 to 3500 mL) and dilated, thin-walled hearts, with all four chambers appearing grossly enlarged.
Ratios of ventricular weight to body weight suggested hypertrophy of the right ventricle only, confirming data from a previous study using this model. (Roth, D.A., et al., J. Clin. Invest. 91:939-949 {1993)) Compared with weight-matched control animals, there was no change in left ventricular mass associated with heart failure (control, I 12110 g; heart failure, 114117 g); ratios of left ventricular weight to body weight were also similar in both groups (control, 2.80.3 g/kg; heart failure, 2.910.3 g/kg). In contrast, heart failure was associated with increased right ventricular weight (control, 3813 g; heart failure, 52f 11 g; P=.003) and ratios of right ventricular weight to body weight {control, 0.09f0.1 g/kg; heart failure, 1.310.3 g/kg; P<.003).
Paced animals gained 4 kg during the course of the study, an amount accounted for in part by ascites accumulation. If the initial body weight is used to calculate the ratio of left ventricular weight to body weight, the ratio still is not significantly higher than that from weight-matched control animals. These data confirm that there was no substantive increase in left ventricular mass during the course of the study.
1-O. Adenine Nucleotides Control animals showed normal ATP/ADP ratios, similar to those reported in pig heart collected by drill biopsies followed by immediate submersion in liquid nitrogen, (White, F.C., and Boss, G., J. Cardiovasc. Pathol. 3:225-236 (1990)) documenting that the sampling techniques used were suitable. Animals with heart failure showed a marked reduction in ATP/ADP
ratio in samples taken from the IVS (control, 14.81.1; heart failure, 2.40.3; P<.0001, n=4 both groups) and from the lateral wall (control, I4.3t4.0; heart failure, 2.410.9; P=.0012, n=4 both groups).
This confirms an imbalance between myocardial oxygen supply and demand.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 1-P. Myocardial Blood Flow Regional variations in myocardial blood flow, an immediate consequence of rapid ventricular pacing, may play ;a role in the pathogenesis of regional and global dysfunction in pacing-induced heart failure. During pacing, a difference was found in myocardial blood flow per minute between the left ventricular lateral wall (adjacent to the site of stimulation) and the IVS.
Reduced blood flow was present in the lateral wall immediately on the initiation of pacing and remained for 21 to 28 days. 7'he left: ventricular lateral wall, receiving less blood flow than the IVS during pacing, showed progressive reduction in wall thickening (pacer off) during 21 to 28 l0 days of pacing. In contrast, the IVS, receiving greater blood flow during pacing, maintained relatively normal wall thickening through 21 to 28 days of pacing.
Since myocardial blo~~d flow per minute does not readily permit assessment of relative myocardial ischemia, we also expressed coronary flow as endocardial blood flow per beat. The physiological basis for such an analysis lies in previous experiments showing that regional 15 subendocardial blood flow per minute (rather than outer wall of transmural flow) is the primary determinant of regional myocardial contraction under conditions of progressive coronary artery stenosis (Gallagher, K.P., et al., Am. J. Physiol. 16:H727-H738 (1984)) and that increases in heart rate shift this flow-function relation downward, with lower regional function at any level of subendocardial blood flow. (L)elbaas, T'., et al., J. Physiol 477:481-496 ( 1990)) However, if the 20 flow-function relation is plotted as regional function versus endocardial blood flow per beat, to correct for heart rate effects, there is a single relation at different heart rates, indicating that endocardial blood flow per beat primarily determines the level of wail function when coronary blood flow is reduced. (Indolfi, C., et al., Circulation 80:933-993 ( 1989);
Ross, J., Circulation 83:1076-1083 ( 1991 )) With the initiation of pacing, there was a >50%
reduction in endocardial 25 blood flow per beat in the lateral wall compared with the IVS (P<.001;
Table 4) In prior studies in the conscious pig, we have documented that a SO% reduction in endocardial blood flow caused a 50°~o reduction of regional function and was associated with a subendocardial flow per beat similar to that observed in the lateral wall in the present studies (Table 4). The reduction in blood flow in the lateral wall during pacing persisted throughout the 30 study. These data provide evidence for myocardial ischemia in the lateral wall on initiation of ventricular pacing. In contrast, IVS function and endocardial flow per beat remained relatively normal. With the pacemaker off, subendocardial blood flow per beat remained normal in both regions throughout the study, while regional dysfunction persisted in the lateral wall, consistent SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) with the occurrence of myocardial stunning in that region. Thus, we postulate that sustained ischetnia of the lateral wall has a significant effect on global function during and after pacing.
EXAMPLE 2: PREPARATION OF ADENOVIRAL CONSTRUCTS
A helper independent replication deficient human adenovirus-S system was used.
As an initial illustration of vector constructs, we used the genes encoding (3-gaiactosidase and FGF-S.
Recombinant adenoviruses encoding j3-galactosidase or FGF-S were constructed using full length cDNAs. The system used to generate recombinant adenoviruses imposed a packing limit of about Skb for transgene inserts. Each of the (3-gal and FGF-5 genes operably linked to the CMV
promoter and with the SV40 polyadenylation sequences were less than 4 kb, well within the packaging constraints.
The full length cDNA for human FGF-5 was released from plasmid pLTR122E (Zhan et al., MoI. Cell. Biol., 8:3487, 1988) as a 1.1 kb ECOR1 fragment which includes 981 by of the open reading frame of the gene and cloned into the polylinker of shuttle vector plasmid ACCMVpLpA.
The nucleotide and amino acid sequence of FGF-5 is disclosed in Figure 1 of Zhan et al., Mol.
Cell. Biol., 8:3487, 1988. pACCMVpLpA is described in Gomez-Foix et al. J.
Biol. Chem., 267:25129-25134, 1992. pACCMVpLpA contains the 5' end of the adenovirus serotype 5 genome (map units 0 to 17) where the E 1 region has been substituted with the human cytomegalovirus enhancer-promoter (CMV promoter) followed by the multiple cloning site (polylinker) from pUC
19 (plasmid well known in the art), followed by the SV40 polyadenylation signal. The IacZ-encoding control adenovirus is based on a EIA /ElB deletion from map unit 1 to 9.8. The FGF-5-encoding adenovirus (Ad.FGF-S) is based on a ElA /EIB deletion from map unit 1.3 to 9.3. Both of these vectors eliminate the entire ElA coding sequences and most of the E1B
coding sequences.
Both of the vectors have the transgene inserts cloned in an anti-sense orientation relative to the adenovirus sequences. Therefore, in the unlikely event of read-through transcription, the adenovirus transcript would be antisense and would not express viral proteins.
The FGF-S gene-containing plasmid was co-transfected (using calcium phosphate precipitation) into 293 cells with plasmid JM17 (pJMl7) which contains the entire human adenovirus 5 genome with an additional 4.3 kb insert, making pJMl7 too large to be encapsidated into mature adenovirus virions. The cells were then overlaid with nutrient agarose. Infectious viral particles containing the angiogenic gene were generated by homologous rescue recombination in the 293 cells and were isolated as single plaques 10-12 days later. (Identification of successful recombinant virus also can be done by co-transfection by lipofection and directly looking for cytopathic effect microscopically as described in Zhang et al.
Biotechniques 15(5):868-SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 872, 1993). The resultant ade:noviral vectors contain the transgene but are devoid of ElA/E1B
sequences and are therefore replication-deficient. Adenovirus vector carrying the FGF-5 gene is also referred to herein as Ad.I~GF-5.
Although these recombinant adenovirus were nonreplicative in mammalian cells, they could propagate in 293 cells which had been transformed with ElA/E1B and provided these essential gene products in tra,ns. Recombinant virus from individual plaques was propagated in 293 cells and viral DNA was characterized by restriction analysis.
Successful recombinant virus then underwent two rounds of plaque purification using standard procedures. Viral stocks were propagated in 293 cells to titers in the range of 1010 and 1012 viral particles per milliliiter (ml) as determined by optical densitometry. Human 293 cells were infected at 80% confluence anti culture supernatant was harvested at 36-48 hours. After subjecting the virus-containing supernatant to freeze-thaw cycles, the cellular debris was pelleted by standard centrifugation and the virus further purified by two cesium chloride (CsCt) gradient ultracentrifugations (discontinuous 1.3:311.45 CsCI gradient; CsCI prepared in 5 mM Tris, 1 mM
EDTA (pH 7.8); 90,000 x g (:! hr), 105,000 x g ( 18 hr)). Prior to in vivo injection, the viral stocks were desalted by gel filtration through Sepharose columns (e.g. G25 Sephadex equilibrated with PBS). Final viral concentrations were about 1011 viral particles per milliliter (ml), as determined by optical densitometry. Viral stocks can be conveniently stored in cells in media at minus 70 degrees C. For injections, purified virus is preferably resuspended in saline.
The adenoviral vector preparation was highly purified, with no wild-type (potentially replicative) virus. Thus adenoviral infection and inflammatory infiltration in the heart were minimized.
EXAMPLE 3: GENE TRANSFER IN ADULT RAT CARDIOMYOCYTES
Adult rat cardiomyoc;ytes were prepared by Langendorf perfusion with a collagenase containing perfusate according to standard methods. Rod shaped cells were cultured on laminin coated plates and at 24 hours, were infected with the ~i-galactosidase-encoding adenovirus obtained in the above Example 2, at a multiplicity of infection of 1:1. After a further 36 hour period, the cells were fixed with glutaraldehyde and incubated with X-gal.
Consistently 70-90% of adult myocytes expressed the Gi-galactosidase transgene after infection with the recombinant adenovirus. At a multiplicity of infection of 1-2:1 there was no cytotoxicity observed.
EXAMPLE 4: IN VIVO GENE. TRANSFER INTO PORCINE MYOCARDIUM
The ~i-galactosidase-encoding adenoviral vector obtained in Example 2 was propagated in permissive 293 cells and puritled by CsCI gradient ultracentrifugation with a final viral titer of I.5 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) x 1010 viral particles, based on the procedures of Example 2. An anesthetized, ventilated 40 kg pig underwent thoracotomy. A 26 gauge butterfly needle was inserted into the mid left anterior descending (LAD) coronary artery and the vector (1.5 x 1010 viral particles) was injected in a 2 ml volume in phosphate buffered saline. The chest was closed and the animas allowed to recover. On the fourth post-injection day the animal was killed. The heart was fixed with glutaraldehyde, sectioned and incubated with X-gal for 16.5 hours. After imbedding and sectioning, the tissue was counterstained with eosin.
Microscopic analysis of tissue sections (transmural sections of LAD bed 96 hours after intracoronary injection of adenovirus containing IacZ) revealed a significant magnitude of gene transfer observed in the LAD coronary bed with many tissue sections demonstrating a substantial proportion of the cells staining positively for ~i-galactosidase. Areas of the myocardium remote from the LAD circulatory bed-did not demonstrate X-gal staining and served as a negative control, while diffuse expression of a gene was observed in myocytes and in endothelial cells. A
substantial proportion of myocytes showed ~-galactosidase activity (blue stain), and, in subsequent studies using closed chest intracoronary injection, similar activity was present 14 days after gene transfer (n=8). There was no evidence of inflammation or necrosis in areas of gene expression.
EXAMPLE 5: PORCINE MODEL OF ANGIOGENESIS-MEDIATED GENE THERAPY (USWG AN
FGF-5 TRANSGENE) In this pig model for myocardial ischemia and heart failure, animals were subjected to stress by atrial electrical stimulation (pacing). The degree of stress-induced myocardial dysfunction and inadequate regional blood flow was quantified and then gene transfer was performed by intracoronary injection of an illustrative recombinant adenovirus expressing FGF-5.
Gene transfer was performed after stable but limited endogenous angiogenesis had developed, and inducible ischemia, analogous to angina pectoris in patients, was present. The animals had no ischemia at rest but developed ischemia during activity or atrial pacing.
Control animals received a recombinant adenovirus expressing lacZ ((i-gal) to exclude the possibility that the adenovirus itself, independent of FGF-5, was stimulating new blood vessel formation. This also controlled for possible continued collateral vessel development unrelated to gene transfer.
Two weeks after gene transfer, stress-induced cardiac dysfunction and regional blood flow were again measured.
Pigs receiving lacZ showed a similar degree of pacing-induced dysfunction in the ischemic region before and two weeks after gene transfer. In contrast, two weeks after receiving the FGF-5 gene, the animals showed increase in wall thickening and improved blood flow in the ischemic region during pacing. The results demonstrated that gene transfer of an angiogenic transgene SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (FGF-5) was effective to ameliorate regional myocardial contractile dysfunction by improving regional blood flow through newly-formed blood vessels.
Methods Animals and model.
Yorkshire domestic pigs (S~rs s~crofa, n = 27) weight 47 ~ 9 kg were used. Two animals underwent intracoronary injection o:f a recombinant adenovirus expressing lacZ
( 1011 viral particles in 2.0 ml saline) andl were killed 3 or 5 days after injection. The remaining 25 animals had catheters placed in the left atrium, pulmonary artery and aorta, providing a means to measure regional blood flow, and to monitor pressures. Wires were sutured on the left atrium to permit ECG recording and atrial pacing. An ameroid constrictor placed around the proximal left circumflex coronary artery. 'Che ameroid material is hygroscopic and slowly swells, leading gradually to complete closure; ofthe artery 10 days after placement, with minimal infarction (<1%
of the left ventricle) because of the development of collateral blood vessels.
Myocardial function and blood flow are normal at rest in the region previously perfused by the occluded artery (the ischemic region), but blood flow is insufficient to prevent ischemia when myocardial oxygen demands increase. Collateral vessel development is complete within 21 days of ameroid placement and remains unchanged for at feast 4 months (Roth et al., Am. J.
Physiol. 253: H 1279-H1288, 1987). A hydraulic cuff was also placed around the artery, adjacent but distal to the ameroid. These procedures have been described in detail elsewhere (Hammond et al., J. Am. Coll.
Cardiol. 23: 475-482, 1994 and Hammond et al., J. Clin. Invest. 92: 2644-2652, 1993). Two animals died 5 and 7 days after ameroid placement. Thirty-eight (~ 2) days after ameroid placement, when limited collateral circulation had developed and stabilized, animals underwent studies to define pacing-induced regional function and blood flow and then received recombinant adenovirus expressing either IacZ (n = 7, control animals) or FGF-5 (n = 16, treatment group) delivered by intracoronary injection. Then, 14 t 1 days later, studies to define pacing-induced regional function and blood flow were repeated. The following day, AdlacZ (n =
AND VENTRICULAR REMODELING
BY IN VIV(J IDELiVE;RY OF ANGIOGENIC TRANSGENES
STATEMENT REGARDING GOVERNMENT-SPONSORED RESEARCH
Certain of the work described herein was supported in part by grants from the United States Government under Grant Nos. V'A-HL0281201 and IPSOHL53773.01 awarded by the National Institutes of Health. The U.S. Government may have certain rights in this invention.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to methods and compositions for treating cardiovascular disease. More specifically, the present invention relates to techniques and polynucleotide constructs for treating heart failure and ventricular remodeling by in vivo delivery of angiogenic transgenes.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
It has been reported that 3-4 million adults in the United States have congestive heart failure (abbreviated "CHF" hc;rein); an~i the incidence of CHF is increasing (see, e.g., Baughman, K., Cardiology Clinics 13: 27-34, 1995). Annually in US hospitals, CHF is the most frequent non-elective admission, and is the discharge diagnosis for 500,000 patients. Once symptoms of heart failure are moderately severe, the prognosis is worse than most cancers in that 50% of such patients are dead within 2 years (Bra.unwald, E. (ed), In: Heart Disease, W.B.
Saunders, Philadelphia, page 471-485, 1988). ME;dical therapy can initially attenuate the symptoms of heart failure (e.g., edema, exercise intolerance and breathlessness), and in some cases prolong life.
However, the prognosis for this disease., even with medical treatment, remains grim (see, e.g., Baughman, K., Cardiology Clinics 13: 27-34, 1995).
CHF is defined as abnormal heart function resulting in inadequate cardiac output to meet metabolic needs (Braunwald, E. (ed), In: Heart Disease, W.B. Saunders, Philadelphia, page 426, 1988). Symptoms include breathlessness, fatigue, weakness, leg swelling and exercise intolerance.
On physical examination, patients with heart failure tend to have elevations in heart and respiratory rates, rules (an indication. of fluid in the lungs), edema, jugular venous distension,-and, in general, enlarged hearts. The most common cause of CHF is atherosclerosis which causes SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26~
blockages in the coronary arteries that supply blood to the heart muscle.
Ultimately, such blockages can cause myocardial infarction (death of heart muscle) with subsequent decline in heart function and resultant heart failure. Other causes of CHF include valvular heart disease, hypertension, viral infections of the heart, alcohol and diabetes. Some cases of heart failure occur without clear etiology and are therefore called idiopathic.
Present treatments for CHF include pharmacological therapies, coronary revascularization procedures (e.g. coronary artery bypass surgery and angioplasty), and heart transplantation.
- Pharmacological therapies have been directed toward increasing the force of contraction of the heart (by using inotropic agents such as digitalis and ~3-adrenergic receptor agonists), reducing fluid accumulation in the lungs and elsewhere (by using diuretics), and reducing the work of the heart (by using agents that decrease systemic vascular resistance such as angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors). (i-adrenergic receptor antagonists have also been tested.
While such pharmacological agents can improve symptoms, and potentially prolong life, the prognosis in most cases remains dismal.
Some patients with heart failure due to associated coronary artery disease can benefit, at least temporarily, by revascularization procedures such as coronary artery bypass surgery and angioplasty. Such procedures are of potential benefit when the heart muscle is not dead but may be dysfunctional because of inadequate blood flow. If normal coronary blood flow is restored, viable dysfunctional myocardium may contract more normally, and heart function may improve.
However, because of an inadequate microvascular bed, revascularization rarely restores cardiac function to normal or near-normal levels in patients with CHF, even though mild improvements are sometimes noted.
Heart transplantation can be a suitable option for patients who have no other confounding diseases and are relatively young, but this is an option for only a small number of patients with heart failure, and only at great expense. In summary, CHF has a very poor prognosis and responds poorly to current therapies.
Further complicating the physiological conditions associated with CHF, are various natural adaptations that tend to occur in patients with dysfunctional hearts. Although these natural responses can initially improve heart function, they ultimately result in problems that can exacerbate CHF, confound treatment, and have adverse effects on survival.
There are three such adaptive responses commonly observed in CHF: (i) volume retention induced by changes in sodium reabsorption, which expands plasma volume and initially improves cardiac output;
(ii) cardiac enlargement (from dilation and hypertrophy) which can increase stroke volume while maintaining a relatively normal wall tension; and (iii) increased norepinephrine release from SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) adrenergic nerve terminals impinging on the heart which, by interacting with cardiac (3-adrenergic receptors, tends to increase heart rate and force of contraction, thereby increasing cardiac output.
However, each of these three natural adaptations tends ultimately to fail for various reasons. In particular, fluid retention tends to result in edema and retained fluid in the lungs that impairs breathing. Heart enlargement can lead to deleterious left ventricular remodeling with subsequent severe dilation and increased wall tension, thus exacerbating CHF. Finally, long-term exposure of the heart to norepinephrine tends to make the heart unresponsive to adrenergic stimulation and is linked with poor prognosis.
Angiogenesis refers generally to the development and differentiation of blood vessels. A
number of proteins, typically referred to as "angiogenic proteins," are known to promote angiogenesis. Such angiogenic proteins include members of the fibroblast growth factor (FGF) family, the vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) family, the platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF) family, the insulin-like growth factor (IGF) family, and others (as described in more detail below and in the art). For example, the FGF and VEGF family members have been recognized as regulators of angiogenesis during growrth and development. Their role in promoting angiogenesis in adult animals has recently keen examined (as discussed below). The angiogenic activity of the FGF and VEGF families is reasonably well established in the setting of protein infusions. For example, it has been shown that acidic FGF ("aFGF") protein within a collagen-coated matrix, when placed in the peritoneal cavity of adult rats, resulted in a well vascularized and normally perfused structure (Thompsor,~, et al., PNAS, 86:7928-7932, 1989). Injection of basic FGF
("bFGF") protein into adult canine coronary arteries during coronary occlusion reportedly led to decreased myocardial dysfunction, smaller myocardial infarctions, and increased vascularitv in the bed at risk (Yanagisawa-Miw;a, et al,., Science, 257:1401-1403, 1992). Similar results have been reported in animal models of myocardial ischemia using bFGF protein (Harada, et al. J. Clin.
Invest., 94:623-630, 1994; Unger, et al., Am. J. Physiol., 266:H1588-H-1595, 1994). An increase in collateral blood flow was shown in dogs treated with VEGF protein (Banai et al. Circulation 89:2183-2189, 1994). Difficulties associated with the potential use of such protein infusions to promote cardiac angiogenesis include: achieving proper locaiization, and ensuring that the protein is and remains in the proper form and concentration needed for uptake and the promotion of an angiogenic effect within cells of the myocardium. Another difficulty is the need for repeated infusion or injection of the protein.
Several groups have described in vivo gene transfer into the myocardium using plasmids, retrovirus, adenovirus and other vectors (see e.g., Barr et al., Supplement II, Circulation, _ 84(4):Abstract 1673, 1991; Burr et al., Gene Therapy, 1:51-58, 1994; French et al., Circulation, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 90(5):2414-2424 ( 1994); French et al., Circulation 90:1517 Abstract No. 2785 ( 1994); Giordano et al., Clin. Res., 42:123A ( 1994); Giordano et al., J. Investigative Med., Supplement 2, 43:287A (1995); Guzman et al., Circulation Research, 73(6):1202-1207 (1993);
Kass-Eisier et al., PNAS (USA), 90:11498-11502 (1993); Muhlhauser et al., Human Gene Therapy, 6:1457-1465 (1995); Miih(hauser et al. Circulation Research, 77(6):1077-1086 (1995);
French et al., Circulation, 90(5):2402-2413 (1994); Rowland et al., Am. Thorac. Surg., 60(3):721-728 (1995).
In general, these reported methods suffer from one or more of the following deficiencies:
inadequate transduction e~ciency and transgene expression; marked immune response to the vectors used, including inflammation and tissue necrosis; and importantly, a relative inability to target transduction and transgene expression to the heart (i.e., gene transfer resulted in the transgene also being delivered to non-cardiac sites such as liver, kidneys, lungs, brain and testes of the test animals). Inflammatory infiltrates were documented in the heart after direct intramyocardial injection through a needle inserted into the myocardial wall (French et al., Circulation, 90(5):2414-2424 (1994)).
A method for treating certain forms of congestive heart failure associated with (3-adrenergic signaling has been demonstrated by Hammond et al. in commonly-owned U.S. Patent Application No. 08/708,661, filed September 5, 1996, incorporated herein in its entirety. That method involves the delivery of genes encoding elements of the ~i-adrenergic signaling pathway to the heart of a patient with heart disease associated with a reduction p-adrenergic signaling. A
method for treating various forms of heart disease such as myocardial ischemia and peripheral vascular disease has been described by Hammond et al. in PCT publication W096/26742, published 06 Sept. 1996.
One form of congestive heart failure is associated with coronary artery disease ("CAD") that is so severe in scope or abruptness that it results in the development of chronic or acute heart failure. In such patients, extensive andlor abrupt occlusion of one or more coronary arteries precludes adequate blood flow to the myocardium, resulting in severe ischemia and, in some cases, myocardial infarction or death of heart muscle. The consequent myocardial necrosis tends to be followed by progressive chronic heart failure or an acute low output state -both of which are associated with high mortality.
Some forms of congestive heart failure have been especially problematic to treat because the cause of the condition remains unknown or untreatable. One such example is "dilated cardiomyopathy" (or DCM as used herein). DCM is a condition of the heart typically diagnosed by the finding of a dilated, hypocontractile left and/or right ventricle in the absence of other -characteristic forms of cardiac disease such as coronary occlusion or a history of myocardial SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) infarction. Patients with DCM can experience angina pectoris even though they do not have severe coronary artery disease. In some of these cases, the cause of DCM is known or suspected.
Examples include familial cardiomyopathy (such as that associated with progressive muscular dystrophy, myotonic muscular dystrophy, Freidrich's ataxia, and hereditary dilated cardiomyopathy), infections resulting in myocardial inflammation (such as infections by various viruses, bacteria and other paf~asites), noninfectious inflammations (such as those due to autoimmune diseases, peripartum cardiomyopathy, hypersensitivity reactions or transplantation rejections), metabolic disturbances causing myocarditis (including nutritional, endocrinologic and electrolyte abnormalities) anal exposure; to toxic agents causing myocarditis (including alcohol, as well as certain chemotherapeutic drugs and catecholamines). In the majority of cases however, approximately 80%, the causE; of DCM remains unknown and the condition is thus referred to as "idiopathic dilated cardiomyopathy." 'l~ he occurrence of DCM poses several major therapeutic concerns, including progressive myocardial injury, hemodynamic inefficiencies associated with the dilated heart, the threat of systemic emboli, and the risk of ventricular arrhythmias. Traditional revascularization is not an option for treatment of dilated cardiomyopathy, because occlusive coronary disease is not the priimary problem. Even for those patients for which the cause of DCM
is known or suspected, the damage is typically not readily reversible. For example, in the case of adriamycin-induced cardiotoxicity, the cardiomyopathy is generally irreversible and results in death in over 60% of afflictedl patients. For most patients with DCM, the cause itself is unknown.
As a result, there are no generally applied treatments for DCM. Physicians have traditionally focused on alleviating the symptoms presented in a patient exhibiting DCM
(e.g., by relieving fluid retention with diuretics, and/or reducing the demand of the heart muscle for oxygen and nutrients with angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors). As a result, approximately 50%
of the patients exhibiting DCM die within tv~ro years of diagnosis, often from sudden cardiac arrest associated with ventricular arrhythmias.
"Ventricular remodeling" often occurs after myocardial infarction, resulting in poor ventricular function. After a ~myocaudial infarct heals, the heart tends to dilate and remodel. This dilating or remodeling often causes further impairment of ventricular function. Poor left ventricular function is the best single predictor of adverse outcome following myocardial infarction. Thus, preventing ventricular remodeling after myocardial infarction would be beneficial. One approach to try to prevent ventricular remodeling is to treat patients who have suffered a myocardial infarction with angiotensin converting enzyme ("ACE") inhibitors (see, e.g., McDonald, K.M., Trans. Assoc. Am. Physicians 103:229-235, 1990; Cohn, J. Clin.
Cardiol. 18 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (Suppl. IV) IV-4-IV-I2, 1995). However, these agents are only somewhat effective at preventing deleterious ventricular remodeling and new therapies are needed.
SUMMARY OP THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to methods and compositions for treating congestive heart failure (including dilated cardiomyopathy as well as congestive heart failure associated with severe coronary artery disease), and for preventing or alleviating deleterious ventricular remodeling, by introducing transgenes encoding angiogenic proteins into the myocardium of a patient. Various aspects of the present invention include the following:
A method for treating a patient suffering from congestive heart failure, comprising delivering a vector to the heart of said patient, the vector comprising a transgene encoding an angiogenic protein or peptide operably linked to a promoter for expression of the transgene.
Among such patients suffering from congestive heart failure are those exhibiting dilated I S cardiomyopthy. Other patients suffering from congestive heart failure are those who have exhibited severe myocardial infarctions, typically associated with severe or occlusive coronary artery disease. Synthesis of the angiogenic protein in the myocardium promotes angiogenesis and increases blood flow. The vector is preferably introduced into a blood vessel supplying blood to the myocardium of the heart, so as to deliver the vector to cardiac myocytes.
Preferably the vector is introduced into the lumen of a coronary artery, a saphenous vein graft, or an internal mammary artery graft; most preferably, the vector is introduced into the lumen of both the left and right coronary arteries. The intracoronary injection is preferably made relatively deeply within the artery, preferably at least about 1 cm into the lumens of the left and right coronary arteries. The intracoronary injection can also be made about I cm into the lumens of a saphenous vein graft and/or an internal mammary artery graft, which can be made in addition to intracoronary injection.
The vector can be delivered in a single injection into each such vessel.
A method for preventing or alleviating deleterious ventricular remodeling in a patient who has suffered (or may suffer) a myocardial infarction, comprising delivering a vector to the heart of said patient, the vector comprising a gene encoding an angiogenic protein or peptide operably linked to a promoter for expression of the gene. Synthesis of the angiogenic protein in the myocardium induces angiogenesis, thus increasing blood flow and alleviating deleterious ventricular remodeling.
In preferred methods of promoting angiogenesis in the treatment of heart failure according to one of the preceding embodiments, the vector comprises at least one gene encoding an SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) angiogemc protein or peptide from the family of FGF (fibroblast growth factors), VEGF (vascular endothelial growth factors), PDGF (platelet-derived growth factors) or IGF
(insulin-like growth factors). In certain preferred embodiments, the vector contains a gene encoding an FGF, including but not limited to FGF-4, FGF-5, :FGF-6, aFGF (also known as FGF-I) and bFGF
(also known as FGF-2). Preferred angiogenic proteins include those which are naturally secreted, or have been modified to enhance secretiion. Presently preferred among such angiogenic proteins are forms of FGF-4, FGF-5, FGF-6, FGl~-l and FGF-2 that are naturally secreted or have been modified to enhance secretion. In other embodiments, the gene encodes a VEGF, including but not limited to members of the VEGF-A f~unily (such as VEGF-121, VEGF-145, VEGF-165, VEGF-189 and VEGF-206), members of the VEGF-B family (such as VEGF-167 and VEGF-186), and members of the VEGF-C family; or a. PDGF or an IGF.
The angiogenic protein-encoding gene is operably linked to a promoter that directs transcription and expression of the gene in a mammalian cell, preferably in a cardiac myocyte.
One presently preferred promoter is a CMV promoter. In other preferred embodiments, the promoter is a tissue specific. promoter, preferably a cardiac-specific promoter, more preferably a ventricular myocyte-specific promoter. Preferred examples of ventricular myocyte-specific promoters include a ventricular myosin Light chain-2 promoter and a myosin heavy chain promoter.
Preferably, the gene encoding the angiogenic factor is also operably linked to a poiyadenylation signal.
In preferred methodls of treating heart failure (including DCM) or alleviating deleterious ventricular remodeling (e.g. after myocardial infarction) according to the present invention, the vector is a viral vector or a llipid-based vector, preferably a viral vector.
The vector can be a targeted vector, especially a vector that preferentially targets ventricular myocytes. Presently preferred viral vectors are derived fram adenovirus (Ad) or adeno-associated virus (AAV). Both human and non-human wall vectors can be used but preferably the recombinant viral vector is replication-defective in humans. fVltere the vector is an adenovirus, it preferably comprises a polynucleotide having a promoter aperably linked to a gene encoding and FGF
(e.g. an FGF-I, FGF-2, FGF-4, FGF-5 or FCiF-6), and is replication-defective in humans.
Presently preferred replication-defective adenoviral vector have deletions that remove the E 1 A
and E 1 B genes, or have deletions that remove t:he EIA, E1B and E4 genes. Preferably about I06 to I014 adenovirus vector particles, more preferably about 108 to 1012 vector particles, are introduced into a blood vessel, preferably a blood vessel supplying the myocardium. Most preferably, an adenovirus vector comprising the angiogenic protein-encoding gene is introduced into the heart of the patient by intracoronary injection directly into the lumens of both coronary arteries.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) For AAV vectors, the vector preferably comprises a polynucleotide having a promoter operably linked to a gene encoding an angiogenic protein flanked by AAV
inverted terminal repeats (ITRs). Preferably, the AAV vector is replication-defective in humans.
Presently preferred replication-defective AAV vectors have deletions affecting one or more AAV replication or encapsidation sequences. More preferably, the AAV rep and cap genes are both removed (and therefore must be supplied in traps to replicate and package AAV vectors, typically in a packaging cell line, as is known in the AAV art).
The vector can also be a lipid-based vector comprising a gene encoding an angiogenic protein. A variety of such lipid-based vectors, including liposomes, micelles and lipid-containing emulsions, have been described in the art.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWMGS
Figure 1 graphically presents percent wall thickening during pacing in a porcine model of congestive heart failure. Percent wall thickening was assessed sequentially in the interventricular septum and lateral wall before pacing (day 0) and every 7 days as heart failure progressed (described in Example I ). Symbols represent mean values; error bars denote 1 SD. Two-way ANOVA (repeated measures) showed that percent wall thickening was affected by duration of pacing (P< 0.001 ) and by region (P=.001 ). Furthermore, the pattern of change in wall thickening was different between the two regions (P<0.0001). Mean values for percent wall thickening at each time point were tested for differences between the two regions post hoc by the Tukey method;
P values for these analyses are shown beneath the error bars.
Figures 2A and 2B graphically present subendocardial blood flow during pacing in a porcine model of congestive heart failure, as described in Example 1.
For Figure 2A, subendocardial (endo) blood flow was assessed sequentially in the interventricular septum and lateral wall under the conditions listed along the x axis. Day refers to the day of sustained pacing that measurements were obtained (0, initiation of pacing; 14, I4 days;
21-28, 21 to 28 days). PACE refers to whether blood flow determinations were obtained with pacemaker activated (+) or inactivated (0). Pacemaker rate was 225 bpm. (See Table 3 herein for numerical values.) Symbols represent mean values; error bars denote 1 SD. Two-way ANOVA
(repeated measures) showed that subendocardial blood flow was affected by duration of pacing (P=.0001 ) and by region (P=.017). Furthermore, the pattern of change in subendocardial blood flow was different between the two regions (P<.006). Mean values for subendocardial blood flow at each time point were tested for differences between the two regions post hoc by Tukey analyses;
P values for these analyses are shown beneath the error bars.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) For Figure 2B, subendocardial blood flow per beat was assessed sequentially in the interventricular septum and lateral wail under the conditions listed along the x axis. Symbols and conditions as in Figure 2A. (See Table; 4 herein for numerical values.) Two-way ANOVA
(repeated measures) showed that subendocardial blood flow per beat was affected by duration of pacing (P=.0001 ) and by region (P=.0198).
Figure 3A graphically presents meridional end-systolic wall stress as assessed sequentially in the interventricular septum and lateral wall before pacing (day 0) and every 7 days as heart failure progressed (described in Example 1 ). Two-way ANOVA (repeated measures) showed that systolic wall stress was affecl:ed by duration of pacing (P<.0001 ). However, the pattern of systolic wall stress was similar in both regions. Measurements were made with pacemakers inactivated.
Figure 3B graphically presents coronary vascular resistance during pacing in a porcine model of congestive heart failure, as described in Example 1. An index of coronary vascular resistance was assessed sequentially in the interventricular septum and lateral wall under the conditions listed along the x axis. Symbols and conditions are the same as in Fig 2. Two-way ANOVA (repeated measures) showed that the coronary vascular resistance index was affected by duration of pacing (P=.0001 ) and by regions (P=.013). Furthermore, the pattern of change in coronary vascular resistance was different between the two regions (P=.0012).
Mean values for coronary vascular resistances at each time point were tested for differences between the two regions post hoc by Tukey analyses. This analysis showed that coronary vascular resistance was higher in the lateral wall than in the septum directly after the initiation of pacing (P value below error bar).
Figure 4 shows a schematic of the construction of an exemplary replication-defective recombinant adenovirus vector usefiil for gene transfer into cells and into the heart, as described in the Examples below.
Figure 5 is a schematic figure which shows rescue recombination construction of a transgene encoding adenovims.
Figures 6A and 6B graphically presents the regional contractile function of the treated animals, as described in Example 5. Figure 6A shows results of animals examined 2 weeks post gene transfer and Figure 6B shows results 12 weeks post gene transfer.
Figures 7A, 7B and 7C show diagrams corresponding to myocardial contrast echocardiographs. White areas denote contrast enhancement (more blood flow) and dark areas denote decreased blood flow. Figure 7A illustrates acute LCx occlusion in a normal pig. Figure 7B illustrates the difference in contrast enhancement between IVS and LCx bed 14 days after gene transfer with IacZ, indicating different blood flows in two regions during atrial pacing (200 bpm).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) In Figure 7C, contrast enhancement appears equivalent in IVS and LCx bed 14 days after gene transfer with FGF-5, indicating similar blood flows in the two regions during atrial pacing. These results are described in Example 5.
Figure 8 shows the peak contrast ratio (a correlate of blood flow) expressed as the ratio of the peak video intensity in the ischemic region (LCx bed) divided by the peak video intensity in the interventricular septum (IVS), measured from the video images using a computer-based video analysis program during atrial pacing (200 bpm) before and 14+1 days after gene transfer with IacZ (control gene) and with FGF-5, and in 5 animals, 12 weeks after FGF-5 gene transfer (described in Example 5). Blood flow to the ischemic bed remained 50% of normal after gene transfer with the control gene but increased 2-fold above normal after gene transfer with FGF-5 (p=0.0018), an effect that persisted for at least 12 weeks.
Figure 9 shows vessel number as quantitated by microscopic analysis in the ischemic and nonischemic regions after gene transfer with FGF-5 and with lacZ (described in Example 5).
There was increased capillary number surrounding each fiber in the ischemic and nonischemic regions of animals that received FGF-5 gene transfer (p<0.038) compared to animals that received the lacZ gene.
Figures 10A, I OB and l OC are from gels documenting DNA, mRNA and protein expression after gene transfer of an angiogenic transgene to the myocardium according to the present invention (as described in Example 5). Figure lOD is from a gel following PCR
amplification demonstrating the absence of any detectable gene transfer to the retina, liver or skeletal muscle of treated animals (as described in Example 5).
Figure 11 shows a comparison of wall thickening achieved with in vivo gene transfer using different angiogenic gene constructs, FGF-4, FGF-5 and FGF-2LI +/- sp (i.e.
FGF-2LI plus or minus secretion signal peptide), as described in examples 6 and 7.
Figure 12 shows that improved function in the ischemic region after FGF-4 gene transfer (as indicated by wall thickening) was associated with improved regional perfusion.
Figure 13 shows a comparison of perfusion (blood flow) resulting from injection of FGF-4, FGF-S or FGF-2LI +/- sp (= FGF-2LI plus or minus signal peptide), as described in Examples 6 and 7.
Figure 14 shows a comparison of wall thickening as a result of gene transfer with FGF-2 plus (FGF-2LI+sp) or minus secretion signal peptide (FGF-2LI-sp), as described in Example 7.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) DETAI1:.ED DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
Definitions "Heart failure" is clinically defined as a condition in which the heart does not provide adequate blood flow to meet metabolic demands. Symptoms include breathlessness, fatigue, weakness, leg swelling, and exercise intolerance. On physical examination, patients with heart failure tend to have elevations in heart and respiratory rates, tales (an indication of fluid in the lungs), edema, jugular venous distension, and, in general, enlarged hearts.
Patients with heart failure suffer a high mortality; typically SO% of the patients die within two years of developing the condition. In some cases, heart failure is associated with severe coronary artery disease ("CAD"), typically resulting in myocardial infarction and either progressive chronic heart failure or an acute low output state, as described herein and in the art. In other cases, heart failure is associated with dilated cardiomyopathy (as c(escribed below) without associated severe coronary artery disease.
"Dilated cardiomyopathy" (or DCM as used herein) is a type of heart failure that is typically diagnosed by the finding of a dilated, hypocontractile left and/or right ventricle in the absence of other characteristic forms of cardiac disease such as coronary occlusion or a history of myocardial infarction. DCM is associated with poor ventricular function and symptoms of heart failure. In these patients, chamber dilation and wall thinning generally results in a high left ventricular wall tension. Although typical occlusive coronary artery disease is absent, these patients often complain of angina pectoris. Other symptoms include breathlessness, fatigue, weakness, leg swelling and exercise intolerance. Many such patients exhibit these symptoms even under mild exertion or at rest, and are thus characterized as exhibiting severe, i.e. "Type-III" or "Type-IV", heart failure, respectively. On physical examination, patients with DCM tend to have elevations in heart and respiratory rates, tales (an indication of fluid in the lungs), edema, jugular venous distension, and, in general, enlarged hearts. Echocardiography is typically employed in the diagnosis of DCM. Patients with DCM can experience angina pectoris, even though they do not have severe coronary artery disease. In some cases, the cause of DCM is known or suspected.
Examples include familial ca.rdiomyopathy (such as that associated with progressive muscular dystrophy, myotonic muscular dystrophy, Freidrich's ataxia, and hereditary dilated cardiomyopathy), infections resulting in myocardial inflammation, noninfectious inflammations (such as those due to autoimmune diseases, peripartum cardiomyopathy, hypersensitivity reactions or transplantation rejections), metabolic disturbances (including nutritional, endocrinologic and electrolyte abnormalities) and exposure to toxic agents (such alcohol, chemotherapeutic drugs and certain catecholamines). In the majority of cases (approximately 80%), the cause of DCM remains unknown and the condition is thus referred to as "idiopathic dilated cardiomyopathy."
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) As used herein, the terms "having therapeutic effect" and "successful treatment" carry essentially the same meaning. In particular, a patient suffering from heart failure (associated with severe CAD or DCM) is successfully "treated" for the condition if the patient shows observable and/or measurable reduction in or absence of one or more of the above-described symptoms after receiving an angiogenic factor transgene according to the methods of the present invention.
Reduction of these signs or symptoms may also be felt by the patient. Thus, indicators of successful treatment of such heart failure conditions include the patient showing or feeling a reduction in any one of the symptoms of angina pectoris, fatigue, weakness, breathlessness, leg swelling, rates, heart or respiratory rates, edema or jugular venous distension. The patient may also show greater exercise tolerance, have a smaller heart with improved ventricular and cardiac function, and in general, require fewer hospital visits related to the heart condition. Preferably, the improvement in cardiac function is adequate to meet the metabolic needs of the patient and the patient does not exhibit symptoms under mild exertion or at rest. Many of these signs and symptoms are readily observable by eye and/or measurable by routine procedures familiar to a I S physician. One indicator of improved cardiac function increased blood flow in the heart especially in the previously ischemic region, is also an indicator of successful treatment. As described below, blood flow in a patient can be measured by thallium imaging (as described by Braunwald in Heart Disease, 4th ed., pp. 276-311 (Saunders, Philadelphia, 1992)) or by echocardiography (described in Examples 1 and 5 and in Sahn, DJ, et al., Circulation. 58:1072-1083, 1978).
Blood flow before and after angiogenic gene transfer can be compared using these methods.
Improved heart function is associated with decreased signs and symptoms, as noted above. In addition to echocardiography, one can measure ejection fraction (LV) by nuclear (non-invasive) techniques as is known in the art.
"Ventricular remodeling" often occurs after myocardial infarction and is typically characterized as follows. After a myocardial infarct heals, continued ischemia in the border region between the healed infarct and normal tissue and other factors leads to a dilation and/or remodeling of the remaining heart tissue, a condition formerly referred to as infarct expansion. Dilation of the whole heart occurs in about 50% of patients who have such infarcts. This dilating, or remodeling, causes further impairment of ventricular function. Remodeling usually develops within a few months after a myocardial infarction although it can occur as early as 1-2 weeks after the infarct.
"Deleterious left ventricular remodeling" (or "deleterious remodeling" for short), refers to chamber dilation after myocardial infarction, which can progress to severe heart failure. By employing the treatment methods described herein, it is expected that such deleterious remodeling can be prevented or at least substantially alleviated. Even if ventricular remodeling has already SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) initiated, it is still desirable to induce angiogenesis since the development of a microvascular bed and an increase in blood flow can still be effective to offset ventricular dysfunction. In a patient who has suffered a myocardial infarction, deleterious ventricular remodeling is "prevented" if the patient lacks chamber dilation and if symptoms of heart failure (described above under "heart failure") do not develop. Delc;terious ventricular remodeling is alleviated if there is any observable or measurable reduction in an existing symptom of the heart failure. For example, the patient may show less breathlessness and improved exercise tolerance. Methods of assessing improvement in -heart function and reduction of symptoms are essentially analogous to those described above for DCM. Prevention or alleviation of deleterious ventricular remodeling as a result of improved collateral blood flow and ventricular function is expected to be achieved within weeks after in vivo angiogenic gene transfer in thc; patient using methods as described herein.
A "polynucleotide" refers to a polymeric form of nucleotides of any length, either ribonucleotides or deoxyribonucleotides, or analogs thereof. This term refers to the primary structure of the molecule, and thus includes double- and single-stranded DNA, as well as double-and single-stranded RNA. It also includes modified polynucleotides such as methylated and/or capped poiynucleotides.
"Recombinant," as applied to a polynucleotide, means that the polynucleotide is the product of various combinations of cloning, restriction and/or ligation steps, and other procedures that result in a construct that i<.; distinct from a polynucleotide found in nature.
A "gene" or "transgene" refers to a polynucleotide or portion of a polynucleotide comprising a sequence that encodes a protein. For most situations, it is desirable for the gene to also comprise a promoter operably linked to the coding sequence in order to effectively promote transcription. Enhancers, repressors and other regulatory sequences may also be included in order to modulate activity of the gene, as is well known in the art. (See, e.g., the references cited below).
The terms "polypeptide," "peptide," and "protein" are used interchangeably to refer to polymers of amino acids of an,y length. These terms also include proteins that are post-translationally modified throul;h reactions that include glycosylation, acetylation and phosphorylation.
An "angiogenic peptide or protein" refers to any protein or peptide that promotes angiogenesis or angiogenic activity, i.e. blood vessel development. Blood vessels that develop in angiogenesis include capillaries which are the smallest caliber blood vessels having a diameter of about 8 microns, and larger cailiber blood vessels that have a diameter of at least about 10 microns.
Angiogenic activity can be determined by measuring blood flow, increase in myocardial function or the presence of blood vessels, using procedures known in the art or described herein. For SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) example, capillary number or density can be quantitated in an animal visually or by microscopic analysis of the tissue site (see Example S). Myocardial blood flow can be determined by the radioactive microsphere technique as described in Roth, DM, et al., Am. J.
Physiol. 253:H1279-H1288, 1987 or Roth, DM, et al., Circulation 82:1778-1789, 1990. Myocardial blood flow can also be quantitated, e.g., by thallium imaging, which involves perfusing the heart with the radionuclide thallium as described by Braunwald in Heart Disease, 4th ed., pp.
276-311 (Saunders, Philadelphia, 1992). The cells in the heart have an avidity for thallium.
Uptake of thallium is positively correlated with blood flow. Thus, reduced uptake indicates reduced blood blow as occurs in ischemic conditions in which there is a perfusion deficit. In a conscious individual, angiogenic activity can be readily evaluated by contrast echocardiography such as described in Examples 1 and S and in Sahn, DJ, et al., Circulation. 58:1072-1083, 1978.
Improved myocardial function can be determined by measuring wall thickening such as by transthoracic echocardiography. Angiogenesis is "promoted" if there is measurable increase in angiogenic activity in the heart of the patient after receiving the angiogenic transgene as compared to before treatment with the transgene. Angiogenic peptides include peptide precursors that are post-transiationally processed into active peptides. Preferably, the angiogenic protein or peptide is a member of the fibroblast growth factor (FGF) family (including but not limited to aFGF (also known as FGF-1 ), bFGF (also known as FGF-2), FGF-4, FGF-5 and FGF-6), a member of the vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) family, including but not limited to members of the VEGF-A family (such as VEGF-121, VEGF-145, VEGF-165, VEGF-189 and VEGF-206), members of the VEGF-B family (such as VEGF-167 and VEGF-186), members of the VEGF-C
family; a member of the platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF) family (e.g., PDGF A or PDGF B), or a member of the insulin-like growth factor (IGF) family. However, a gene encoding any protein or peptide that exhibits angiogenic activity measurable, e.g., by the above-described methods is likely to be useful in the methods of the present invention. Angiogenic peptides or proteins also include "derivatives" and "functional equivalents" of angiogenic proteins such as FGFs, VEGFs, PDGFs and IGFs. Derivatives of such an angiogenic protein or peptide are peptides having similar amino acid sequence and retaining, to some extent, one or more activities of the related angiogenic protein or peptide. Useful derivatives generally have substantial sequence similarity (at the amino acid level) in regions or domains of the protein associated with the angiogenic activity. "Sequence similarity" refers to similarity observed between amino acid sequences in two different proteins or peptides, irrespective of peptide origin. As is well known in the art, there are a number of amino acid replacements that are essentially "conservative" in nature in which the substituted amino acid is relatively similar (e.g. in size and charge) to the original amino acid.
Substantial sequence SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) similarity typically involves at least :30G/o sequence identity (generally as measured over stretches of 10 or more amino acids), preferably 70%, more preferably 90%, and even more preferably 95%
sequence similarity to the related angiogenic protein or peptide or subunit.
As is also known in the art, conservative additions or deletions are generally those that are localized in regions or domains of the protein that do not appear to be involved in activity, in this case promoting angiogenesis. By "functional equivalent" is meant a protein or peptide that has an activity that can substitute for one or more activities of a particular angiogenic protein or peptide. Preferred functional equivalents retain all of the activities of a particular angiogenic protein or peptide;
however, the functional equivalent may have an activity that, when measured quantitatively, is stronger or weaker than the wild-type peptide or protein as measured in angiogenesis assays. Preferred functional equivalents have activities that are within 1 % to 10,000% of the activity of the related angiogenic protein or peptide or subunit, more preferably between 10% to 1000%, and more preferably within 50% to 200%. As is known in the art. a variety of techniques, including computer modeling, are available for assessing the likely impact of such variations; and prospective candidates can be readily screened for the retention of a:ngiogenic potential using in vitro and/or in vivo assays as described herein.
A "heterologous" component: refers to a component that is introduced into or produced within a different entity from that in which it is naturally located. For example, a polynucleotide derived from one organism and introduced by genetic engineering techniques into a different organism is a heterologous polynucleotide which, if expressed, can encode a heterologous polypeptide. Similarly, a promoter or enhancer that is removed from its native coding sequence and operably linked to a different coding sequence is a heterologous promoter or enhancer.
A "promoter," as used herein, refers to a polynucleotide sequence that controls transcription of a gene or coding sequence to which it is operably linked. A
large number of promoters, including constitutive, induc,ible and repressible promoters, from a variety of different sources, are well known in the art (and identified in databases such as GenBank) and are available as or within cloned polynucleotide sequences (from, e.g., depositories such as the ATCC as well as other commercial or individual sources).
An "enhancer," as used herein, refers to a polynucleotide sequence that enhances transcription of a gene or coding sequence to which it is operably linked. A
large number of enhancers, from a variety of different sources are well known in the art (and identified in databases such as GenBank) and available as or within cloned polynucleotide sequences (from, e.g., depositories such as the ATCC: as well as other commercial or individual sources). A number of SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26~
polynucieotides comprising promoter sequences (such as the commonly-used CMV
promoter) also comprise enhancer sequences.
"Operably linked" refers to a juxtaposition of two or more components, wherein the components so described are in a relationship permitting them to function in their intended manner.
A promoter is operably linked to a gene or coding sequence if the promoter controls transcription of the gene or coding sequence. Although an operably linked promoter is generally located upstream of the coding sequence, it is not necessarily contiguous with it. An enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence if the enhancer increases transcription of the coding sequence.
Operably linked enhancers can be located upstream, within or downstream of coding sequences. A
polyadenylation sequence is operably linked to a coding sequence if it is located at the downstream end of the coding sequence such that transcription proceeds through the coding sequence into the polyadenyiation sequence.
A "replicon" refers to a polynucleotide comprising an origin of replication which allows for replication of the polynucleotide in an appropriate host cell. Examples include replicons of a target cell into which a heterologous nucleic acid might be integrated (e.g., nuclear and mitochondria) chromosomes), as well as extrachromosomal replicons (such as replicating plasmids and episomes).
"Gene delivery", "gene transfer," and the like as used herein, are terms referring to the introduction of an exogenous polynucleotide (sometimes referred to as a "transgene") into a host cell, irrespective of the method used for the introduction. Such methods include a variety of well-known techniques such as vector-mediated gene transfer (by, e.g., viral infection/transfection, or various other protein-based or lipid-based gene delivery complexes) as well as techniques facilitating the delivery of "naked" polynucieotides (such as electroporation, "gene gun" delivery and various other techniques used for the introduction of polynucieotides).
The introduced polynucleotide may be stable or transiently maintained in the host cell.
Stable maintenance typically requires that the introduced polynucleotide either contains an origin of replication compatible with the host cell or integrates into a replicon of the host cell such as an extrachromosomal replicon (e.g., a plasmid) or a nuclear or mitochondria) chromosome. A
number of vectors are known to be capable of mediating transfer of genes to mammalian cells, as is known in the art and described herein.
"In vivo " gene delivery, gene transfer, gene therapy and the like as used herein, are terms referring to the introduction of a vector comprising an exogenous polynucleotide directly into the body of an organism, such as a human or non-human mammal, whereby the exogenous polynucleotide is introduced into a cell of such organism in vivo.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) A "vector" (sometimes referred to as a gene delivery or gene transfer "vehicle") refers to a macromolecule or complex of molecules comprising a polynucleotide to be delivered to a host cell, either in vitro or in vivo. Thc; polynucleotide to be delivered may comprise a coding sequence of interest in gene therapy. Vecaors include, for example, viral vectors (such as adenoviruses (Ad), adeno-associated viruses (AAV), and retroviruses), liposomes and other lipid-containing complexes, and other macrornoiecular complexes capable of mediating delivery of a polynucleotide to a host cell. Vectors can also comprise other components or functionalities that further modulate gene delivery and/or gene expression, or that otherwise provide beneficial properties to the targeted cells. Such other components include, for example, components that influence binding or targeting; to cells (including components that mediate cell-type or tissue-specific binding); component that influence uptake of the vector nucleic acid by the cell; components that influence localization of the polynucleotide within the cell after uptake (such as agents mediating nuclear localization); and components that influence expression of the polynucleotide. Such components also include markers, such as detectable and/or selectable markers that can be used to detect or select for cells that have taken up and are expressing the nucleic acid delivered by the vector. Such components can be provided as a natural feature of the vector (such as the use of certain viral vectors which have components or function~alities mediating binding and uptake), or vectors can be modified to provide such funetionalities. A large variety of such vectors are known in the art and are generally available (see, e.g., the various references cited herein).
A "recombinant viral vector" refers to a viral vector comprising one or more heterologous genes or sequences. Since many viral vectors exhibit size-constraints associated with packaging, the heterologous genes or sequences are typically introduced by replacing one or more portions of the viral genome. Such viruses may become replication-defective, requiring the deleted functions) to be provided in ,traps during viral replication and encapsulation (by using, e.g., a helper virus or a packaging cE:ll line carrying genes necessary for replication and/or encapsulation) (see, e.g., the references and illustrations below). Modified viral vectors in which a polynucleotide to be delivered is carried on tlhe outside of the viral particle have also been described (see, e.g., Curiel, DT, et al. PNAS 88: 8850-8854, 1991 ).
Viral "packaging" as used herein refers to a series of intracellular events that results in the synthesis and assembly of a viral vector. Packaging typically involves the replication of the "pro-viral genome", or a recombinant pro-vector typically referred to as a "vector plasmid" (which is a recombinant polynucleotide than can be packaged in an manner analogous to a viral genome,_ typically as a result of being clanked by appropriate viral "packaging sequences"), followed by SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) encapsulation or other coating of the nucleic acid. Thus, when a suitable vector plasmid is introduced into a packaging cell line under appropriate conditions, it can be replicated and assembled into a viral particle. Viral "rep" and "cap" genes, found in many viral genomes, are genes encoding replication and encapsulation proteins, respectively. A
"replication-defective" or "replication-incompetent" viral vector refers to a viral vector in which one or more functions necessary for replication and/or packaging are missing or altered, rendering the viral vector incapable of initiating viral replication following uptake by a host cell. To produce stocks of such replication-defective viral vectors, the virus or pro-viral nucleic acid can be introduced into a "packaging cell line" that has been modified to contain genes encoding the missing functions which can be supplied in trans.~ For example, such packaging genes can be stably integrated into a replicon of the packaging cell line or they can be introduced by transfection with a'packaging plasmid' or helper virus carrying genes encoding the missing functions.
A "detectable marker gene" is a gene that allows cells carrying the gene to be specifically detected (e.g., distinguished from cells which do not carry the marker gene).
A large variety of such marker genes are known in the art. Preferred examples thereof include detectable marker genes which encode proteins appearing on cellular surfaces, thereby facilitating simplified and rapid detection and/or cellular sorting. By way of illustration, the lacZ gene encoding beta-galactosidase can be used as a detectable marker, allowing cells transduced with a vector carrying the lacZ gene to be detected by staining, as described below.
A "selectable marker gene" is a gene that allows cells carrying the gene to be specifically selected for or against, in the presence of a corresponding selective agent.
By way of illustration, an antibiotic resistance gene can be used as a positive selectable marker gene that allows a host cell to be positively selected for in the presence of the corresponding antibiotic.
Selectable markers can be positive, negative or bifunctional. Positive selectable markers allow selection for cells carrying the marker, whereas negative selectable markers allow cells carrying the marker to be selectively eliminated. A variety of such marker genes have been described, including bifunctional (i.e. positive/negative) markers (see, e.g., WO 92/08796, published 29 May 1992, and WO
94/28143, published 8 December 1994), hereby incorporated by reference herein.
Such marker genes can provide an added measure of control that can be advantageous in gene therapy contexts.
"Vasculature" or "vascular" are terms referring to the system of vessels carrying blood (as well as lymph fluids) throughout the mammalian body.
"Blood vessel" refers to any of the vessels of the mammalian vascular system, including arteries, arterioles, capillaries, venules, veins, sinuses, and vasa vasorum.
In preferred aspects of the present invention, vectors comprising angiogenic transgenes are introduced directly into SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) vascular conduits supplying blood to the myocardium. Such vascular conduits include the coronary arteries as well as vessels such as saphenous veins or internal mammary artery grafts.
"Artery" refers to a blood vessel through which blood passes away from the heart.
Coronary arteries supply the tissues of the heart itself, while other arteries supply the remaining organs of the body. The general structure of an artery consists of a lumen surrounded by a multi-layered arterial wall.
An "individual" or a "patient" refers to a mammal, preferably a large mammal, most preferably a human.
"Treatment" or "therapy" as used herein refers to administering, to an individual patient, agents that are capable of eliciting a prophylactic, curative or other beneficial effect on the individual.
"Gene therapy" as used herein refers to administering, to an individual patient, vectors comprising a therapeutic gene.
A "therapeutic polynucleotide" or "therapeutic gene" refers to a nucleotide sequence that is capable, when transferred t:o an individual, of eliciting a prophylactic, curative or other beneficial effect in the individual.
R FFRR FNC'FC
The practice of the present invention will employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques of molecular biology and the like, which are within the skill of the art. Such techniques are explained fully in the literature. Sere e.g., Molecular Cloning: A
Laboratory Manual, (J.
Sambrook et al., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989); Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (F. ,Ausubel et al. eds., 1987 and updated);
Essential Molecular Biology (T. Brown ed., IRL Press 1991); Gene Expression Technology (Goeddel ed., Academic Press 1991 ); Methods for Cloning and Analysis of Eukaryotic Genes (A.
Bothwell et al. eds., Bartlett Publ. 199,0); Gene Transfer and Expression (M. Kriegler, Stockton Press 1990);
Recombinant DNA Methodology (R. Wu et al. eds., Academic Press 1989); PCR: A
Practical Approach (M. McPherson et .al., IRL Press at Oxford University Press 1991 );
Cell Culture for Biochemists (R. Adams ed., Elsevier Science Publishers 1990); Gene Transfer Vectors for Mammalian Cells (J. Miller ~i M. Calos eds., 1987); Mammalian Cell Biotechnology (M. Butler ed., 1991 ); Animal Cell Culti;~re (J. Pollard et al. eds., Humana Press 1990); Culture of Animal Cells, 2nd Ed. (R. Freshney <;t al. eds., Alan R. Liss 1987); Flow Cytometry and Sorting (M.
Melamed et al. eds., Wiley-Liss 1990): the series Methods in Enzymology (Academic Press, Inc.);
Techniques in Immunocytochemistry, (G. Bullock & P. Petrusz eds., Academic Press 1982, 1983, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 1985, 1989); Handbook of Experimental Immunology, (D. Weir & C. Biackwell, eds.); Cellular and Molecular Immunology (A. Abbas et al., W.B. Saunders Co. 1991, 1994);
Current. Protocols in Immunology (J. Coligan et al. eds. 1991 ); the series Annual Review of Immunology; the series Advances in Immunology; Oligonucleotide Synthesis (M. Gait ed., 1984); and Animal Cell Culture (R. Freshney ed., IRL Press 1987).
Additional references describing delivery and logistics of surgery which may be used in the methods of the present invention include the following: Topol, EJ (ed.), The Textbook of Jnterventional Cardiology, 2nd Ed. (W.B. Saunders Co. 1994); Rutherford, RB, Vascular Surgery, 3rd Ed. (W.B. Saunders Co. 1989); The Cecil Textbook of Medicine, 19th Ed.
(W.B. 1992); and Sabiston, D, The Textbook of Surgery, 14th Ed. (W.B. 1991). Additional references describing cell types found in the blood vessels, and those of the vasculature which may be useful in the methods of the present invention include the following: W. Bloom & D. Fawcett, A Textbook of Histology (V.B. Saunders Co. 1975).
Various publications have postulated on the uses of gene transfer for the prevention of disease, including heart disease. See, e.g., Methods in Virology, Vol. 7: Gene Transfer and Expression Protocols, Murray, E. led.), Weiss, Clifton, N.J., 1991; Mazur et al., Molecular and Cellular Biology, 21:104-1 I 1, 1994; French, Herz 18:222-229, 1993; Williams, Journal of Medical Sciences 306:129-136, I993; and Schneider, Circulation 88:1937-1942, 1993.
The references cited in the above section are hereby incorporated by reference herein to the extent that these references teach techniques that are employed in the practice of the present invention.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
References cited within this application, including patents, published applications and other publications, are hereby incorporated by reference.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF VARIOUS PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
Various preferred aspects of the present invention are summarized below and further described and illustrated in the subsequent detailed descriptions and figures.
The present invention relates to methods and compositions for treating congestive heart failure, including dilated cardiomyopathy ("DCM") as well as severe heart failure associated with coronary artery disease ("CAD") and myocardial infarction, and for preventing or alleviating deleterious ventricular remodeling, by introducing transgenes encoding angiogenic proteins into the myocardium of a patient.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) In the present method for treating congestive heart failure, a vector construct containing a gene encoding an angiogenic protein or peptide is targeted to the heart of a patient where synthesis of the exogenous angiogenic protein in the myocardium promotes angiogenesis, thus ameliorating cardiac dysfunction by improving blood flow through newly formed blood vessels. Improved heart function ultimately leads to the reduction or disappearance of symptoms of heart failure and prolonged life beyond the expected mortality within two years of developing severe CHF.
The preferred methods employ vector constructs and/or delivery methods that result in localized expression of an angiogenic protein that is relatively restricted to the myocardium of the patient. Examples of angiogc.nic proteins include members of the FGF family (including FGF-1, FGF-2, FGF-4, FGF-5 and F(~F-6, mote preferably FGF-2, FGF-4 and FGF-S);
members of the vascular endothelial growth factor (V):?GF) family, including but not limited to members of the VEGF-A family (such as VEGF-121, VEGF-145, VEGF-165, VEGF-189 and VEGF-206), members of the VEGF-B family (such as VEGF-167 and VEGF-186), and members of the VEGF-C family; platelet-derived growth factor {PDGF) family; and members of the insulin-like growth IS factor (IGF) family.
Preferred vectors for use in the present invention include viral vectors, lipid-based vectors and other vectors that are capable of delivering DNA to non-dividing cells in vivo. Presently preferred are viral vectors, particularly replication-defective viral vectors (including, for example replication-defective adenovirus (Ad) vectors and adeno-associated virus (AAV) vectors. For ease of production and use in the present invention, replication-defective adenovirus vectors are presently most preferred.
The presently preferred means of in vivo delivery (especially for vector constructs that are not otherwise targeted for delivery and/or expression that is restricted to the myocardium), is by injection of the vector into a blood vessel directly supplying the myocardium, preferably by injection into a coronary artery. Such injection is preferably achieved using a catheter introduced substantially deep (typically a~.t least about 1 cm) within the lumen of one or both coronary arteries or one or more saphenous veins or internal mammary artery grafts or other conduits delivering blood to the myocardium. Injections that are not sufficiently deep in the coronary artery can result in systemic arterial distribution of the virus.
By injecting the viral vector stock, preferably containing no wild-type virus, deeply into the lumen of one or both coronary arteries (or grafts and other vascular conduits), preferably into both the right and left coronary arteries (or grafts and other vascular conduits), and preferably in an amount of 106-1014 viral parl:icles as determined by optical densitometry (more preferably 108-1012 viral particles), it is possible to locally transfect a desired number of cells, especially cardiac SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) myocytes, with genes that encode proteins that promote angiogenesis in the affected myocardium, thereby maximizing therapeutic efficacy of gene transfer, and minimizing undesirable effects at extracardiac sites and the possibility of an inflammatory response to viral proteins. Vector constructs that are specifically targeted to the myocardium, such as vectors incorporating myocardial-specific binding or uptake components, and/or which incorporate angiogenic protein transgenes that are under the control of myocardial-specific transcriptional regulatory sequences (e.g., ventricular myocyte-specific promoters) can be used in place of or, preferably, in conjunction with such directed injection techniques as a means of further restricting expression to the myocardium, especially the ventricular myocytes. For vectors that can elicit an immune response, it is preferable to inject the vector directly into a blood vessel supplying the myocardium as described above, although the additional techniques for restricting the potential for extracardiac expression can also be employed.
The patient can be administered the angiogenic gene treatment at any time in the case of CHF but more preferably within about 1 to 4 weeks after the occurrence of myocardial infarction.
The administration is preferably via a single (one time) intracoronary injection (e.g. into each coronary artery), although more than one injection may sometimes be necessary.
As described in detail below, we have shown that the use of such techniques with vectors carrying angiogenic protein transgenes can effectively promote coronary collateral vessel development and enhance function within the myocardium of a large mammal heart, without any observed effect on non-cardiac tissues and without generating an inflammatory reaction. No inflammatory cell infiltrates, cell necrosis or increased fibrosis were detected. Two weeks after angiogenic gene transfer, myocardial blood flow was improved and ischemia was alleviated, thus enhancing myocardial function. These beneficial effects persisted for at least I2 weeks. By way of illustration, we have used a single intracoronary injection (of about 1011 vector particles), which was observed to provide adequate expression of the angiogenic protein to produce a therapeutic benefit, without toxicity. In accordance with the enhancement of myocardial blood flow, our analyses revealed that high yield transduction of greater than 60%
of the myocardial cells in vivo was achievable using this procedure.
Adenovirus-mediated gene transfer generally does not result in stable incorporation of the transgene into the host genome and therefore transgene expression is relatively transient (although vectors have been shown to be present for up to 5 months). However, in the present treatment methods for the aforementioned heart conditions, transient expression of the angiogenic transgene is generally adequate for achieving the therapeutic goal. In fact, for the present purposes, transient expression is generally desirable over stable integration from the perspective of safety since SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 2fi) disruption of the host genomc; can be avoided. As the experimental examples below demonstrated, transgene expression was maintained sufficiently long to allow collateral vessel development and concomitant restoration of normal heart function. Thus, the angiogenic factor gene does not have to be present in the transfected cell for more than a few weeks to produce a therapeutic effect.
Once the new blood vessels have formed, continued expression of the exogenous angiogenic protein may not required to rriaintain the new vascular structure and increased blood flow.
The techniques of in vivo angiogenic transgene delivery provided by the present invention thus effectively circumvent the need for multiple injections or infusions of angiogenic proteins.
The localized transduction and transgene expression achieved with these present treatment methods also avoid the potentially harmful effects of angiogenesis in non-cardiac tissues such as the retina.
Another aspect of the present invention is a method for preventing or alleviating ventricular remodeling in post-myocardial infarction patients, the method involving targeting in vivo delivery of a vector construct containing a gene encoding an angiogenic protein or peptide to the patient's heart to promote angiogenesis. The increased vascularity and blood flow achieved using the methods of the present invention will tend to reduce ischemia and therefore alleviate progression to deleterious ventricular remodeling. To rectify these disease conditions, patients are preferably treated soon after an infarct .has occurred, preferably within one month post-infarct and even more preferably, within one to three weeks of the infarct. The present invention can also be employed, in a preventive manner, in patients likely to exhibit such infarcts.
Unless otherwise indicated, the techniques and vector compositions for affecting targeted gene transfer in the heart of a patient to prevent or alleviate ventricular remodeling are essentially the same as for the treatment of DCM.
Animal Models Important prerequisites for successful studies on gene therapy are (a) constitution of an animal model that is applicable to clinical congestive heart failure that can provide useful data regarding mechanisms for anl;iogenesis in the setting of CHF, and (b) accurate evaluation of the effects of gene transfer. In the present invention, the pig models fulfill these prerequisites. The pig is a particularly suitable model for studying heart diseases of humans because of its relevance to human physiology. The pig; heart closely resembles the human heart in the following ways.
The pig has a native coronary circulation very similar to that of humans, including the absence of native coronary collateral vessels. Secondly, the size of the pig heart, as a percentage of total_body weight, is similar to that of the human heart. Additionally, the pig is a large animal model, SU85T1TUTE SHEET (RULE 26) therefore allowing more accurate extrapolation on various parameters such as effective vector dosages, toxicity, etc. In contrast, the hearts of animals such as dogs and members of the murine family have a lot of endogenous collateral vessels. Relative to total body weight, the size of the dog heart is twice that of the human heart.
Two porcine models were used in the present invention. The first model, described herein in Example 1, mimics clinical congestive heart failure. In this model, continuous rapid ventricular pacing over a period of 3 to 4 weeks induces heart failure which shows similarities with many features of heart failure (including DCM as well as heart failure associated with severe coronary artery disease). Such pacing results in left ventricular dilation with impaired systolic function analogous to regional functional abnormalities seen in heart failure (including those associated with severe coronary artery disease (CAD), or DCM). Thus, this model can be used to determine whether delivery of a vector construct coding for an angiogenic peptide or protein is effective to alleviate the cardiac dysfunctions associated with these conditions. This model is particularly useful in providing some of the parameters by which to assess the effectiveness of in vivo gene therapy for the treatment of congestive heart failure and ventricular remodeling.
The second model, a model of myocardial ischemia, is described herein in Example 5.
Using this second model, it was demonstrated that adenovirus-mediated delivery of a gene encoding an angiogenic protein alleviated myocardial ischemia by stimulating collateral vessel development and enhancing blood flow in the ischemic region. By way of illustration, we have successfully demonstrated these gene transfer techniques with three different angiogenic proteins, including both native forms and muteins (as described in detail in the Examples below).
In the second model, placement of an ameroid constrictor around the left circumflex (LCx) coronary artery results in gradual complete closure (within 7 days of placement) with minimal infarction ( 1 % of the left ventricle, 4 t 1 % of the LCx bed) (Roth, et al., Circulation, 82:1778, 1990; Roth, et ai., Am. J. Physiol., 235:1-11279, 1987; White, et al., Circ.
Res., 71:1490, 1992;
Hammond, et al., Cardiol., 23:475, 1994; and Hammond, et al., J. Clin.
Invest., 92:2644,' 1993).
Myocardial function and blood flow are normal at rest in the region previously perfused by the occluded artery (referred to as the ischemic region), due to limited endogenous collateral vessel development, but blood flow reserve is insufficient to prevent ischemia when myocardial oxygen demands increase. Thus, the LCx bed is subject to episodic ischemia, analogous to clinical angina pectoris. Collateral vessel development and flow-function relationships are stable within 21 days of ameroid placement, and remain unchanged for four months (Roth, et al., Circulation, 82:1778, 1990; Roth, et al., .4m. J. Physiol., 235:H1279, 1987; White, et al., Circ.
Res., 71:1490, 1992). It has been documented by telemetry that animals have period ischemic dysfunction in the bed at SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) risk, throughout the day, related to abrupt increases in heart rate during feeding, interruptions by personnel, etc. Thus, the model has a bed with stable but inadequate collateral vessels, and is subject to periodic ischemia. Another distinct advantage of the model is that there is a normally perfused and functioning region (the L,AD bed) adjacent to an abnormally perfused and functioning region (the LCx bed), thereby offering a control bed within each animal.
Myocardial contrast echocardiography was used to estimate regional myocardial perfusion. The contrast material is composed of microaggregates of galactose and increases the - echogenicity (whiteness) of the image. The microaggregates distribute into the coronary arteries and myocardial walls in a manner that is proportional to blood flow (Skyba, et al., Circulation, 90:1513-1521, 1994). It has been shown that peak intensity of contrast is closely correlated with myocardial blood flow as measured by microspheres (Skyba, et ai., Circulation, 90:1513-1521, i 994). To document that the echocardiographic images employed in the present invention were accurately identifying the LC'x bed, and that myocardial contrast echocardiography could be used to evaluate myocardial blood flow, a hydraulic cuff occluder was placed around the proximal LCx adjacent to the ameroid.
In the present study, when animals were sacrificed, the hearts were perfusion-fixed (glutaraldehyde, physiological pressures, in situ) in order to quantitate capillary growth by microscopy. PCR was used to detect angiogenic protein DNA and mRNA in myocardium from animals that had received gene transfer. As described below, two weeks after gene transfer, myocardial samples from all five laaZ-transduced animals showed substantial ~3-galactosidase activity on histological inspection. Finally, angiogenic protein expression in cells and myocardium from animals that had receivc;d gene transfer was demonstrated using a polyclonal antibody to the angiogenic protein.
The strategy for therapeutic studies included the timing of transgene delivery, the route of administration of the transgene, and choice of the angiogenic gene. In the ameroid model of myocardial ischemia, gene trmsfer was performed after stable but insufficient collateral vessels had developed. Previous studies using the ameroid model involved delivery of angiogenic peptides during the closure of"the ameroid, prior to the development of ischemia and collateral vessels. However, this strate;;y was not employed for several reasons. First, previous studies are not suitable for closely duplicating the conditions that would be present in the treatment of clinical myocardial ischemia in which gene transfer would be given in the setting of ongoing myocardial ischemia; previous studies are analogous to providing the peptide in anticipation of ischemia, and are therefore less relevant. Second, it was presumed, based upon previous studies in cell culture, that an ischemic stimulus in conjunction with the angiogenic peptide would be the optimal milieu SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) for the stimulation of angiogenesis. Angiogenesis could optimally be achieved by delivery of the transgene at a time when the onset of heart failure (associated with DCM or severe coronary artery disease) or ventricular remodeling was already present. Linked to these decisions was the selection of the method to achieve transgene delivery.
The pig model provided an excellent means to follow regional blood flow and function before and after gene delivery. The use of control animals that received the same recombinant adenovirus construct but with a reporter gene provided a control for these studies. Based on the foregoing, and previous published studies, those skilled in the art will appreciate that the results described below in pigs are expected to be predictive of results in humans.
Transgeses Encoding Angiogenic Proteins and Peptides In the present invention, one or more transgenes encoding an angiogenic protein or peptide factor that can promote angiogenic activity in the heart can be used. Any protein or peptide that exhibits "angiogenic activity" (defined above) measurable by the methods described herein and in the art can be potentially employed in connection with the present invention.
Suitable angiogenic proteins or peptides are exemplified by members of the family of fibroblast growth factors (FGF), vascular endothelial growth factors (VEGF), platelet-derived growth factors (PDGF), insulin-like growth factors (IGF), and others. Members of the FGF family include, but are not limited to, aFGF (FGF-1), bFGF (FGF-2), FGF-4 (also known as "hst/KS3"), FGF-5, FGF-6.
VEGF has been shown to be expressed by cardiac myocytes in response to ischemia in vitro and in vivo; it is a regulator of angiogenesis under physiological conditions as well as during the adaptive response to pathological states ((Banal et al. Circulation 89:2183-2189, 1994). The VEGF
family, includes, but is not limited to, members of the VEGF-A sub-family (e.g. VEGF-121, VEGF-145, VEGF-165, VEGF-189 and VEGF-206), as well as members ofthe VEGF-B sub-family (e.g.
and VEGF-186) and the VEGF-C sub-family. PDGF includes PDGF A and PDGF B. The nucleotide sequences of the genes encoding these proteins, and the corresponding amino acid sequences are known in the art (see, e.g., the GENBANK sequence database for these and other sequences). For the FGF family, see, e.g., Burgess, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 638:
89-97, 1991;
Burgess et al. Annu. Rev. Biochem 58:575-606, 1989; Muhlhauser et al. Hum.
Gene Therapy 6:1457-1465, 1995; Zhan et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 8:3487, 1988; Seddon et al.
Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci.
638:98-108, 1991. For human hst/KS3 (i.e. FGF-4), see Taira et al. Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA
84:2980-2984, 1987. For human VEGF, see e.g., Tischer et al. J. Biol. Chem.
206:11947-11954, 1991, and references therein; Muhlhauser et al., Cir. Res. 77:1077-1086, 1995). Sequence _ information for such genes and encoded polypeptides is readily obtainable from sequence SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) databases such as GenBank or EMBL. Polynucleotides encoding these proteins can also be obtained from gene libraries, e.g., by using PCR or hybridization techniques routine in the art.
Success of the gene transfer approach requires both synthesis of the gene product and secretion from the transfected cell. From this point of view, a gene encoding FGF-4, FGF-5, or FGF-6 is preferred since these proteins contain functional secretory signal sequences and are readily secreted from cells. Puny if not most human VEGF proteins (including but not limited to VEGF-121 and VEGF-165) also are readily secreted and diffusable after secretion. Thus, when expressed, these angiogenic yroteins can readily access the cardiac interstitium and induce angrogenesrs.
With other angiogenic proteins such as aFGF (FGF-1) and bFGF (FGF-2) that lack a native secretory signal sequence, fusion proteins having secretory signal sequences can be recombinantly produced using standard recombinant DNA methodology familiar to one of skill in the art. It is believed that both aFGF and bFGF are naturally secreted to some degree; however, inclusion of an additional secretion signal sequence can be used to enhance secretion of the protein. The secretory signal sequence would typically be positioned at the N-terminus of the desired protein but can be placed at any position suitable to allow secretion of the angiogenic factor. For example, a polynucleotide containing a suitable signal sequence can be fused S' to the first codon of the selected angiogenic protein gene. Suitable secretory signal sequences include signal sequences of the FGF-4, FGF-5, FGF-6 genes or a signal sequence of a different secreted protein such as IL-1 (3. Example 7 below exemplifies one type of modification of an angiogenic protein to contain a signal sequence from another protein, the modification achieved by replacement of residues in the; angiogenic protein with residues that direct secretion of the secreted second protein. A signal sequence derived from a protein that is normally secreted from cardiac myocytes can be used.
For treating humans, ,genes encoding angiogenic proteins of human origin are preferred although angiogenic proteins of other mammalian origin, that exhibit cross-species activity i.e.
having angiogenic activity in humans, can also be used.
Vectors for Gene Delivery In Vivo In general, the gene of interest is transferred to the heart, including cardiac myocytes, in vivo, and directs production of the encoded protein. Preferably such production is constitutive (although inducib~le expression systems can also be employed).
Vectors useful in the ~oresent invention include viral vectors, lipid-based vectors (e.g., liposomes) and other vectors that are capable of delivering DNA to non-dividing cells in vivo.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Presently preferred are viral vectors, particularly replication-defective viral vectors including, for example, replication-defective adenovirus vectors and adeno-associated virus (AAV) vectors. For ease of production and use in the present invention, replication-defective adenovirus vectors are presently most preferred. In contrast to retrovirus, adenovirus generally does not require host cell replication for gene expression because integration is not a component of the adenoviral life cycle.
Adenovirus efficiently infects nondividing cells and is therefor useful for expressing recombinant genes in the myocardium because of the nonrepiicative nature of cardiac myoctes.
A variety of other vectors suitable for in vivo gene therapy can readily be employed to deliver angiogenic protein transgenes for use in the present invention. Such other vectors include other viral vectors (such as AAV), non-viral protein-based delivery platforms, as well as lipid-based vectors. References describing a these and other gene delivery vectors are known in the art, some of which are cited herein.
As described above and in the cited references, vectors can also comprise other components or functionalities that further modulate gene delivery and/or gene expression, or that I S otherwise provide beneficial properties to the targeted cells. Such other components include, for example, components that influence binding or targeting to cells (including components that mediate cell-type or tissue-specific binding); components that influence uptake of the vector nucleic acid by the cell; components that influence localization of the polynucleotide within the cell after uptake (such as agents mediating nuclear localization); and components that influence expression of the polynucleotide. Such components also might include markers, such as detectable and/or selectable markers that can be used to detect or select for cells that have taken up and are expressing the nucleic acid delivered by the vector. Such components can be provided as a natural feature of the vector (such as the use of certain viral vectors which have components or functionalities mediating binding and uptake), or vectors can be modified to provide such functionalities. Selectable markers can be positive, negative or bifunctional.
Positive selectable markers allow selection for cells carrying the marker, whereas negative selectable markers allow cells carrying the marker to be selectively eliminated. A variety of such marker genes have been described, including bifunctional (i.e. positive/negative) markers (see, e.g., Lupton, S., WO
92/08796, published 29 May 1992; and Lupton, S., WO 94/28143, published 8 December 1994).
Such marker genes can provide an added measure of control that can be advantageous in gene therapy contexts. A large variety of such vectors are known in the art and are generally available (see, e.g., the various references cited above).
References describing adenovirus vectors and other viral vectors which could be used in the methods of the present invention include the following: Horwitz, M.S., Adenoviridae and Their SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Replication, in Fields, B., et .al.. (eds.) Virology, Vol. 2, Raven Press New York, pp. 1679-1721, 1990); Graham, F., et al., pp. 109128 in Methods.in Molecular Biology, Vol. 7:
Gene Transfer and Expression Protocols, Murra:y, E. (ed.), Humana Press, Clifton, N.J. (1991);
Miller, N., et al., FASEB Journal 9: 190-199, :1995; Schreier, H, Pharrnaceutica Acta Helvetiae 68: 145-159, 1994;
Schneider and French, Circulation 88:1937-1942, 1993; Curiel D.T., et al., Human Gene Therapy 3: 147-154, 1992; Graham, F.L., et al., WO 95/00655 (5 January 1995); Falck-Pedersen, E.S., WO
95/16772 (22 June 1995); Denefle, P. et al., WO 95/23867 (8 September 1995);
Haddada, H. et al., 4 (24 November 1994); Perricaudet, M. et al., WO 95/02697 (26 January 1995);
Zhang, W., et al., WO 95/25071 ( I2 October 1995). A variety of adenovirus plasmids are also available from commercial sources, including, e.g., Microbix Biosystems of Toronto, Ontario (see, e.g., Microbix Product Information Sheet: Plasmids for Adenovirus Vector Construction, 199b).
Additional references; describing AAV vectors which could be used in the methods of the present invention include the following: Carter, B., Handbook of Parvoviruses, vol. 1, pp. 169-228, 1990; Berns, Virology, pp. I 743-1764 (Raven Press 1990); Carter, B., Curr.
Opin. Biotechnol., 3:
533-539, 1992; Muryczka, N., Current Topics in Microbiology and Immunology, 158: 92-129, 1992; Flotte, T.R., et al., Am. J. Respir. Cell Mol. Biol. 7:349-356, 1992;
Chatterjee et al., Ann.
NY Acad. Sci., 770: 79-90, 1995; Flotte, T.R., et al., WO 95/13365 (18 May 1995); Trempe, J.P., et al., WO 95/13392 ( 18 May 1995); Kotin, R., Human Gene Therapy, 5: 793-801, 1994; Flotte, T.R., et al., Gene Therapy 2:357-362, 1995; Allen, J.M., WO 96/17947 (13 June 1996); and Du et al., Gene Therapy 3: 2543,61, 1996.
References describing non-viral vectors which could be used in the methods of the present invention include the following: Ledley, FD, Human Gene Therapy 6: 1 i 29-1144, 1995; Miller, N., et al., FASEB Journal 9: 190-199, 1995; Chonn, A., et al., Curr. Opin. in Biotech. 6: 698-708, 1995; Schofield, JP, et al., British Med,. Bull. 51: 56-71, -1995; Brigham, K.
L., et al., J. Liposome Res. 3: 31 49, 1993; Brigham. K.L., WO 91/06309 (16 May 1991); Felgner, P.L., et al., WO
91/17424 (14 November 199/); Soladin et al., Biochemistry 34: 13537-13544, 1995; WO
93/19768 (14 October 1993); Debs et al., WO 93125673; Felgner, P.L., et al., U.S. Patent 5,264,618 (November 23, 1993); Epand, R.M., et al., U.S. Patent 5,283,185 (February 1, 1994);
Gebeyehu et al., U.S. Patent 5,334,761 (August 2, 1994); Felgner, P.L., et al., U.S. Patent 5,459, I27 (October 17, 1995):, Overell, R.W., et al., WO 95/28494 (26 October 1995); Jessee, WO
95/02698 (26 January 1995); Daces and Ciccarone, WO 95/17373 (29 June 1995);
Lin et al., WO
96/01840 {25 January 1996).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) An Exemplary Adenoviral Vector that is Helper-Independent and Replication-Deficient in Humans In general, the gene of interest is transferred to the heart including cardiac myocytes, in vivo and directs production of the encoded protein. Several different gene transfer approaches are feasible. Presently preferred is a helper-independent replication-deficient system based on human adenovirus 5. Using this system, we have demonstrated transfection greater than 60% of myocardial cells in vivo by a single intracoronary injection (Giordano and Hammond, Clin. Res., 42:123A, 1994). Non-replicative recombinant adenoviral vectors are particularly useful in transfecting coronary endothelium and cardiac myocytes resulting in highly efficient transfection after intracoronary injection.
As demonstrated herein, the helper-independent replication-defective human adenovirus 5 system can be used effectively transfect a large percentage of myocardial cells in vivo by a single intracoronary injection. We have also shown that such a delivery technique can be used to effectively target vectors to the myocardium of a large mammal heart.
Additional means of targeting vectors to particular cells or tissue types are described below and in the art.
In various illustrations described below, the recombinant adenovirus vectors used are based on the human adenovirus 5 (as described by McGrory WJ et al., Virology 163:614-617, 1988) which are missing essential early genes from the adenovirus genome (usually ElA/E1B), and are therefore unable to replicate unless grown in permissive cell lines that provide the missing gene products in traps. In place of the missing adenovirus genomic sequences, a transgene of interest can be cloned and expressed in tissue/cells infected with the replication-defective adenovirus. Although adenovirus-based gene transfer does not generally result in stable integration of the transgene into the host genome (less than 0.1% adenovirus-mediated transfections result in transgene incorporation into host DNA), adenovirus vectors can be propagated in high titer and transfect non-replicating cells; and, although the transgene is not passed to daughter cells, this is suitable for gene transfer to adult cardiac myocytes, which do not actively divide. Retrovirus vectors provide stable gene transfer, and high titers are now obtainable via retrovirus pseudotyping (Burns, et al., Proc Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA) 90:
8033-8037, 1993), but current retrovirus vectors are generally unable to efficiently transduce nonreplicating cells (e.g., cardiac myocytes) efficiently. In addition, the potential hazards of transgene incorporation into host DNA are not warranted if short-term gene transfer is sufficient.
Indeed, we have demonstrated that a limited duration in the expression of an angiogenic protein is su~cient for substantial angiogenesis (see Example 5). Thus, transient gene transfer is therapeutically adequate for treating such cardiovascular conditions. Within 14 days after gene SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) transfer of FGF-5 into the myocardium, blood flow to the ischemic bed had increased two-fold and the effect persisted for at least 12 weeks (Example 5 and Figure 8). The increased blood flow correlated with an increase in the number of capillaries in the heart (see Example 5). Wall thickening also increased within two weeks after gene transfer and persisted for at least 12 weeks.
Thus, the angiogenic factor gene does not have to be present in the infected cell for more than a few weeks to produce a therapeutic effect. Once the blood vessels have developed, continued expression of the exogenous angiogenic protein may not be required to maintain the new vascular - - structure and increased blood flow.
An advantage associated with nondividing cells such as myocytes is that the viral vector is not readily "diluted out" by host cell division. However, if it is necessary or desirable to further enhance duration of transgene expression in the heart, it is also possible to employ various second generation adenovirus vectors that have. both E1 and E4 deletions, which can be used in conjunction with cyclophosphamide administration (See, e.g., Dai et al., Proc.
Nat'1 Acad. Sci.
(USA) 92: 1401-1405, 1995). To further increase the extent of initial gene transfer, additional I S infusions, or infusion in an isolated coronary circuit can also be employed.
Human 293 cells (Acc;ession No. ATCC CRL1573; Rockville, MD), which are human embryonic kidney cells transformed with adenovirus ElA/E1B genes, typify useful permissive cell lines for the production of such replication-defective vectors. However, other cell lines which allow replication-defective adenovirus vectors to propagate therein can also be used, such as HeLa cells.
Construction of Recombinant Adenovirus Vectors Adenoviral vectors used in the present invention can be constructed by the rescue recombination technique described in McGrory W.J. et al., Virolog~, 163:614-617, 1988. Briefly, the transgene of interest is cloned into a shuttle vector that contains a promoter, polylinker and an adenoviral sequence containing a deletion in the ElA/E1B genes that are essential for viral replication. The transgene can. be cloned into a convenient restriction site within the polylinker.
Suitable shuttle vectors include piasrnid pACl (McGrory et al., Virology, 163:614-617, 1988) (or an analog) which encodes portions of the left end of the human adenovirus 5 genome (Virology, 163:614-617, 1988) minus the early protein-encoding ElA and EiB sequences, and plasmid ACCMVpLpA (Gomez-Foix et al. J. .Biol. Chem., 267:25129-25134, 1992).
pACCMVpLpA
contains the 5' end of the adenovirus serotype 5 genome (map units 0 to 17) where the E1 region has been substituted with the human cytomegalovirus enhancer-promoter (CMV
promoter) _ followed by the multiple cloning site (polylinker) from pUC 19 (plasmid well known in the art), SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) followed by the SV40 polyadenylation signal. The use of plasmid pAC 1 or ACCMVPLA
facilitates the cloning process.
The shuttle vector can then be co-transfected with a piasmid which contains the entire human adenoviral S genome with a length too large to be encapsidated, into 293 cells. Co-transfection can be conducted by any means commonly used in the art, such as by calcium phosphate precipitation or lipofection (see e.g., Biotechniques, 15:868-872, 1993).
As an illustrative plasmid for co-transfection, plasmid "JM17"encodes the entire human adenovirus 5 genome plus portions of the vector pBR322 including the gene for ampicillin resistance (4.3 kb). Although JM17 encodes all of the adenoviral proteins necessary to make mature viral particles, it is too large to be encapsidated into mature virions (40 kb versus 36 kb for wild type).
In a small subset of co-transfected cells, "rescue recombination" occurs between the transgene-containing shuttle vector (such as plasmid pACI) and the plasmid having the entire adenoviral S genome (such as plasmid pJMl7) which generates a recombinant genome that contains the transgene of interest in place of the deleted ElA/E1B sequences, and that secondarily loses the additional sequence (such as the pBR322 sequences) during recombination, thereby being small enough to be encapsidated (see Figures 4 and 5; Giordano et al., Nature Medicine 2(5):534-538, 1996; Giordano et al., Circulation, 88:I-139, 1993; and Giordano and Hammond, Clin. Res., 42:i23A, 1994). The CMV promoter driven (3-galactosidase gene in adenovirus HCMVSPI lacZ
(Clip. Res., 42:123A, 1994), with the use of X-gal treatment can be used to evaluate efficiency of gene transfer.
Illustrative examples demonstrating the preparation and use of such vectors are provided below. The advantages of these vectors include the ability to effect high efficiency gene transfer (more than 60% of target organ cells transfected in vivo), the ease of obtaining high titer viral stocks and the ability of these vectors to effect gene transfer into cells such as cardiac myocytes which do not divide.
Targeted Angiogenic Protein Vector Constructs Limiting expression of the angiogenic transgene to the heart, or to particular cell types within the heart (e.g. cardiac myocytes) can provide certain advantages, as discussed below.
The present invention contemplates the use of cell targeting not only by delivery of the transgene into the coronary artery, for example, but also by use of targeted vector constructs having features that tend to target gene delivery and/or gene expression to particular host cells or host cell types (e.g. cardiac myocytes). Such targeted vector constructs would thus include SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) targeted delivery vectors and/or targeted vectors, as described in more detail below and in the published art. Restricting delivery and/or expression can be beneficial as a means of further focusing the potential effects of gene therapy. The potential usefulness of further restricting delivery/expression depends .in large part on the type of vector being used and the method and place of introduction of such vector. As described herein, delivery of viral vectors via intracoronary injection to the myocardium has been observed to provide, in itself, highly targeted gene delivery (see the Examples below). In addition, using vectors that do not result in transgene integration into a replicon of the host cell (such as adenovirus and numerous other vectors), cardiac myocytes are expected to exhibit relatively long transgene expression since the cells do not generally replicate. In contrast, expression in rapidly dividing cells such as endothelial cells would tend to be decreased by cell division and turnover. However, other means of limiting delivery and/or expression can also be employed, in addition to or in place of the illustrated delivery method, as described herein.
Targeted delivery vectors include, for example, vectors (such as viruses, rton-viral protein-IS based vectors and lipid-based vectors) having surface components (such as a member of a ligand-receptor pair, the other half of which is found on a host cell to be targeted) or other features that mediate preferential binding a.nd/or gene delivery to particular host cells or host cell types. As is known in the art, a number of vectors of both viral and non-viral origin have inherent properties facilitating such preferential binding and/or have been modified to effect preferential targeting (see, e.g., Douglas et al., Nature Biotechnology 14:1574-1578, 1996; Kasahara, N. et al. Science 266:1373-1376, 1994; Miller, N., et al., FASEB Journal 9: 190-199, 1995;
Chonn, A., et al., Curr.
Opin. in Biotech. 6: 698-708, 1995; Schofield, JP, et al., British Med. Bull.
51: 56-71, 1995;
Schreier, H, Pharmaceutica Acta Helvetiae 68: 145-159, 1994; Ledley, F.D., Human Gene Therapy 6: 1129-1144, 1995; Conary, J.T., et al., WO 95/34647 (21 December 1995);
Overell, R.W., et al., WO 95/28494 (26 October 19'95); and Truong, V.L. et al., WO 96/00295 (4 January 1996)).
Targeted vectors include vectors (such as viruses, non-viral protein-based vectors and lipid-based vectors) in which delivery results in transgene expression that is relatively limited to particular host cells or host cell types. By way of illustration, angiogenic transgenes to be delivered according to the present invention can be operably linked to heterologous tissue-specific promoters thereby restricting c;xpression to cells in that particular tissue.
For example, tissue-specific transcriptional control sequences derived from a gene encoding left ventricular myosin light chain-2 (MLC2V) or myosin heavy chain (MHC) can be fused to a transgene such as art FGF gene within a vector such as the adenovirus constructs _ described above. Expression of the transgene can therefore be relatively restricted to ventricular SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) cardiac myocytes. The efficacy of gene expression and degree of specificity provided by MLC2V
and MHC promoters with lacZ have been determined (using a recombinant adenovirus system such as that exemplified herein); and cardiac-specific expression has been reported (see, e.g., Lee et al., J. Biol Chem 267:15875-15885,1992).
Since the MLC2V promoter comprises only about 250 bp, it will fit easily within even size-restricted delivery vectors such as the adenovirus-5 packaging system exemplified herein.
The myosin heavy chain promoter, known to be a vigorous promoter of transcription, provides another alternative cardiac-specific promoter and comprises less than 300 bp.
Other promoters, such as the troponin-C promoter, while highly efficacious and sufficiently small, do not provide such tissue specificity.
In the present methods for the treatment of heart disease, targeting gene transfer to the heart by intracoronary injection with a high titer of the vector is presently preferred.
Propagation and Purification of Adenovirus Vectors I S Recombinant viral vector, such as adenoviral vectors, can be plaque purified according to standard methods. By way of illustration, the resulting recombinant adenoviral viral vectors can be propagated in human 293 cells (which provide ElA and E1B functions in traps) to titers in the preferred range of about 1010-1012 viral particles/ml. Propagation and purification techniques have been described for a variety of viral vectors that can be used in conjunction with the present invention. Adenoviral vectors are exemplified herein but other viral vectors such as AAV can also be employed. For adenovirus, cells can be infected at 80% confluence and harvested 48 hours later. After 3 freeze-thaw cycles of the infected cells, the cellular debris is pelleted by centrifugation and the virus purified by CsCI gradient ultracentrifugation (double CsCI gradient ultracentrifugation is preferred). Prior to in vivo injection, the viral stocks can be desalted (e.g., by gel filtration through Sepharose columns such as Sephadex G25). The desalted viral stock can also be filtered through a 0.3 micron filter if desired. We typically concentrate and purify the viral stock by double CsCI ultracentrifugation, followed by chromatography on Sephadex G25 equilabrated with phosphate buffered saline (PBS). The resulting viral stock typically has a final viral titer that is at least about 1010-1012 viral particles/ml.
Preferably, the recombinant adenovirus is highly purified and is substantially free of wild-type (potentially replicative) virus. For these reasons, propagation and purification can be conducted to exclude contaminants and wild-type virus by, for example, identifying successful recombinant virus with PCR using appropriate primers, conducting two rounds of plaque purification, and double CsCI gradient ultracentrifugation.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Delivery of Vectors Carryiing an .Angiogenic Transgene The means and compositions which are used to deliver the vectors carrying angiogenic protein transgenes depend on the particular vector employed as is welt known in the art. Typically, however, a vector can be in the form of an injectable preparation containing a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier/diluent such as phosphate buffered saline, for example.
Other pharmaceutical carriers, formulations and dosages are: described below.
The presently preferred means of in vivo delivery (especially for vector constructs that are not otherwise targeted for dc;livery and/or expression that is restricted to the myocardium), is by injection of the vector into a blood vessel directly supplying the myocardium, preferably by injection into one or both coronary arteries. Such injection is preferably achieved by catheter introduced substantially (typically at least about 1 cm) within the lumen of one or both coronary arteries or one or more saphnnous veins or internal mammary artery grafts or other conduits delivering blood to the myocardium. Preferably the injection is made in both coronary arteries to provide general distribution to all areas of the heart.
The vectors are delivered in an amount sufficient for the transgene to be expressed and to provide a therapeutic benefil:. For viral vectors (such as adenovirus), the final titer of the virus in the injectabie preparation is preferably in the range of about 106-1014 viral particles which allows for effective gene transfer. An adenovirus vector stock preferably free of wild-type virus can be injected deeply into the lumE:n of one or both coronary arteries (or grafts), preferably into both the right and left coronary arteries (or gra:fts), and preferably in an amount of 10g - 1012 viral particles as determined by optical den~,sitometry. Preferably the vector is delivered in a single injection into each conduit (e.g. into each coronary artery).
By injecting the veco:or composition directly into the lumen of the coronary artery by coronary catheters, it is possible to target the gene rather effectively, and to minimize loss of the recombinant vectors to the proximal aorta during injection. This type of injection enables local transfection of a desired number of cells, especially cardiac myocytes, in the affected myocardium with angiogenic protein- or peptide-encoding genes, thereby maximizing therapeutic efficacy of gene transfer, and minimizing undesirable angiogenesis at extracardiac sites.
Vector constructs th;~t are specifically targeted to the myocardium, such as vectors incorporating myocardial-specific binding or uptake components, and/or which incorporate angiogenic protein transgenea that are under the control of myocardial-specific transcriptional regulatory sequences (e.g., ventricular myocyte-specific promoters) can be used in place of or, preferably, in conjunction with such directed injection techniques as a means of further restricting SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) expression to the myocardium, especially the ventricular myocytes. For vectors that can elicit an immune response, it is preferable to inject the vector directly into a blood vessel supplying the myocardium as described above, although the additional techniques for restricting the potential for extracardiac expression can also be employed.
As described in detail below, it was demonstrated that using such techniques for in viva delivery of a viral vector containing the angiogenic transgene, transgene expression did not occur in hepatocytes and viral RNA could not be found in the urine at any time after intracoronary injection. In addition, no evidence of extracardiac gene expression in the eye, liver, or skeletal muscle could be detected by PCR two weeks after intracoronary delivery of transgenes in this manner.
A variety of catheters and delivery routes can be used to achieve intracoronary delivery, as is known in the art. Direct intracoronary (or graft vessel) injection can be performed using standard percutaneous catheter based methods under fluoroscopic guidance. Any variety of coronary catheter, or a Stack perfusion catheter, for example, can be used in the present invention.
For example, a variety of general purpose catheters, as well as modified catheters, suitable for use in the present invention are available from commercial suppliers such as Advanced Cardiovascular Systems (ACS), Target Therapeutics, Boston Scientific and Cordis. Also, where delivery to the myocardium is achieved by injection directly into a coronary artery (which is presently most preferred), a number of approaches can be used to introduce a catheter into the coronary artery, as is known in the art. By way of illustration, a catheter can be conveniently introduced into a femoral artery and threaded retrograde through the iliac artery and abdominal aorta and into a coronary artery. Alternatively, a catheter can be first introduced into a brachial or carotid artery and threaded retrograde to a coronary artery. Detailed descriptions of these and other techniques can be found in the art (see, e.g., the references cited above, including:
Topol, EJ led.), The Textbook of Interventional Cardiology, 2nd Ed. ( W.B. Saunders Co. 1994);
Rutherford, RB, Vascular Surgery, 3rd Ed. (W.B. Saunders Co. 1989); Wyngaarden JB et al.
(eds.), The Cecil Textbook of Medicine, 19th Ed. (W.B. Saunders, 1992); and Sabiston, D, The Textbook of Surgery, 14th Ed. ( W.B. Saunders Co. 1991 )).
Targeted Gene Expression An unexpected finding of the present invention is that the recombinant adenovirus is taken up very efficiently in the first vascular bed that it encounters. Indeed, in the animal model of Example 4, the effciency of the uptake of the virus in the heart after intracoronary injection, was 98%, i.e., 98% of the virus was removed in the first pass of the virus through the myocardial SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) vascular bed. Furthermore, serum taken from the animals during the injection was incapable of growing viral plaques (Graham, Virology, 163:614-617, 1988) until diluted 200-fold, suggesting the presence of a serum factor (or binding protein) that inhibits viral propagation. These two factors (efficient first pass attachment of virus and the possibility of a serum binding protein) rnay act together to limit gene expression t:o the first vascular bed encountered by the virus.
To further evaluate the extent to which gene transfer was limited to the heart following intracoronary gene transfer, polymerise chain reaction (PCR) was used to see whether there was evidence for extracardiac presence of viral DNA two weeks after gene transfer in two treated animals (Example 4 below). Animals. showed the presence of viral DNA in their hearts but not in their retinas, skeletal musclea, or livers. 1'he sensitivity of the PCR is such that a single DNA
sequence per 5,000,000 cell;, would be detectable. Therefore these data demonstrated that no viral DNA was present in extracardiac tissues two weeks after gene delivery. These results were further conftrmed using other angiogenic proteins and derivatives as described below.
These findings are extremely important becausf; they confirm the concept of cardiac transgene targeting (i.e.
providing expression of the transgene in the heart, but not elsewhere). The localized transgene delivery and expression provide the advantage of safety, further enhancing the use of the present methods in the treatment of patients.
Therapeutic Applications The present method of in vivo transfer of a transgene encoding an angiogenic protein can be applied to the treatment of congestive heart failure (including that associated with dilated cardiomyopathy (DCM) as well as that associated with severe coronary artery disease (CAD)), and to prevent or alleviate ventricular remodeling. As the data below shows, expression of an exogenously-provided angio;genic transgene in the myocardium promotes angiogenesis resulting in increased blood flow and function in the ischemic and non-ischemic regions of the heart. This increased vascularity will alleviate congestive heart failure and will offset the ventricular dysfunction associated with ventricular remodeling.
As described herein, a number of different vectors can be employed to deliver the angiogenic protein transgenes in vivo according to the methods of the present invention. By way of illustration, the replication-deficient recombinant adenovirus vectors exemplified herein achieved highly efficient gene transfer in vivo without cytopathic effect or inflammation in the areas of gene expression.
In treating congestive heart failure, gene transfer of an angiogenic protein encoding transgene can be conducted, for example, after diagnosis of heart failure or the likely development SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) of heart failure. For treating ventricular remodeling, gene transfer can be performed any time after the patient has suffered an infarct, preferably within 30 days and even more preferably within 7-20 days after an infarct.
Compositions or products of the invention may conveniently be provided in the form of formulations suitable for administration into the blood stream (e.g. by intracoronary injection). A
suitable administration format may best be determined by a medical practitioner for each patient individually. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and their formulation are described in standard formulations treatises, e.g., Remington's Pharmaceuticals Sciences by E.W. Martin. See also Wang, Y.J. and Hanson, M.A., "Parental Formulations of Proteins and Peptides: Stability and Stabilizers", .lournals ojParental Sciences and Technology, Technical Report No. 10, Supp. 42:2S
( 1988). Vectors of the present invention should preferably be formulated in solution at neutral pH, for example, about pH 6.5 to about pH 8.5, more preferably from about pH 7 to 8, with an excipient to bring the solution to about isotonicity, for example, 4.5%
mannitol or 0.9% sodium chloride, pH buffered with art-known buffer solutions, such as sodium phosphate, that are generally regarded as safe, together with an accepted preservative such as metacresol 0.1 % to 0.75%, more preferably from 0.15% to 0.4% metacresol. The desired isotonicity may be accomplished using sodium chloride or other pharmaceutically acceptable agents such as dextrose, boric acid, sodium tartrate, propylene glycol, polyols (such as mannitol and sorbitol), or other inorganic or organic solutes. Sodium chloride is preferred particularly for buffers containing sodium ions. If desired, solutions of the above compositions also can be prepared to enhance shelf life and stability. The therapeutically useful compositions of the invention are prepared by mixing the ingredients following generally accepted procedures. For example, the selected components may be mixed to produce a concentrated mixture which may then be adjusted to the final concentration and viscosity by the addition of water and/or a buffer to control pH or an additional solute to control tonicity.
For use by the physician, the compositions will be provided in dosage form containing an amount of a vector of the invention which will be effective in one or multiple doses to induce angiogenesis sufficient to provide a therapeutic effect. As will be recognized by those in the field, an effective amount of therapeutic agent will vary with many factors including the age and weight of the patient, the patient's physical condition, and the level of angiogenesis to be obtained, and other factors.
The effective dose of the compounds of this invention will typically be in the range of about 106 - 1014 viral particles, preferably about 108 - 1012 viral particles.
The number of viral particles may, but preferably does not exceed 1014. As noted, the exact dose to be administered is SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) determined by the attending clinician, but is preferably in 5 ml or less of physiologically buffered solution (such as phosphate buffered saline), more preferably in 1-3 ml.
The presently preferrc;d mode of administration in the case of heart disease is by intracoronary injection to one or both coronary arteries (or to one or more saphenous vein or internal mammary artery grafts) using an appropriate coronary catheter.
The following Examp~ies are provided to further assist those of ordinary skill in the art.
Such examples are intended to be illustrative and therefore should not be regarded as limiting the invention. A number of exemplary modifications and variations are described in this application and others will become apparent to those of skill in this art. Such variations are considered to fall within the scope of the invention as described and claimed herein.
EXAMPLES
The preferred methods of the present invention involve the treatment of patients with heart failure and/or ventricular remodeling.
Example 1 describes a model of heart failure induced by prolonged (over a 3-to 4- week period) rapid ventricular pacing. The Example demonstrates that in an animal model of heart failure, left ventricular myocardial blood flow is abnormally low when the left ventricle has dilated and signs of heart failure are present. In this model, myocardial demand often supersedes myocardial blood flow (oxyge;n supply, and leads to myocardial ischemia.
Example 2 demonstrates the construction of the adenovirus vectors used in the present invention.
Example 3 describes preliminary in vitro experiments to establish the efficacy of an adenovirus vector of the present invention. A control ((3-galactosidase-encoding) adenoviral vector (AdlacZ) was also tested. The results indicated that the present recombinant adenovirus vectors can indeed infect adult cardiomyocytes and provide expression of the transgene with high efficiency. In vivo studies then followed.
Example 4 demonstrates in vivo infection of porcine myocardium with the adenoviral vector encoding (3-galactosidase (AdLa.cZ) and expression of (i-gal in the myocardium.
Example 5 demonstrates that virus-mediated delivery of an FGF-5 angiogenic transgene to the myocardium in vivo can innprove regional blood flow and ameliorate regional myocardial contractile dysfunction.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Example 6 demonstrates that virus-mediated delivery of an FGF-4 angiogenic transgene to the myocardium in vivo can improve regional blood flow and ameliorate regional myocardial contractile dysfunction.
Example 7 demonstrates that virus-mediated delivery of an FGF-2 angiogenic transgene to the myocardium in vivo can improve regional blood flow and ameliorate regional myocardial contractile dysfunction.
EXAMPLE 1: PORCINE MODEL OF CONGESTIVE HEART FAILURE AND ASSOCIATED
MYOCARDIAL ISCHEMIA
1-A. Anunals and Surgical Procedure Nine Yorkshire pigs (Sus scrofa) weighing 4016 kg were anesthetized with ketamine (SO
mg/kg IM) and atropine sulfate (0.1 mg/kg IM) followed by sodium amytal (100 mg/kg IV). After endotracheal intubation, halothane (0.5% to 1.5%) was delivered by a pressure-cycled ventilator throughout the procedure. At left thoracotomy, catheters were placed in the aorta, pulmonary artery, and left atrium. A Konigsberg micromanometer was placed into the left ventricular apex, and an epicardial unipolar lead was placed 1.0 cm below the atrioventricular groove in the lateral wall of the left ventricle. The power generator (Spectrax 5985; Medtronic, lnc.) was inserted into a subcutaneous pocket in the abdomen. Four animals were instrumented with a flow probe (Transonic, Inc.) around the main pulmonary artery. The pericardium was loosely approximated and the chest closed. Seven to 10 days after thoracotomy, baseline measures of hemodynamics, left ventricular function, and myocardial blood flow were made. Ventricular pacing then was initiated (220f9 bpm (beats per minute) for 2614 days). The stimulus amplitude was 2.5 V, the pulse duration 0.5 ms. Nine additional pigs (4017 kg) were used as controls;
five underwent thoracotomy and instrumentation without pacing and were killed 307 days after initial thoracotomy. Data regarding right and left ventricular mass were similar in the control animals whether they had undergone thoracotomy or not, so their data were pooled into a single control group.
1-B. Hemodynamic Studies Hemodynamic data were obtained from conscious, unsedated animals after the pacemaker had been inactivated for at least 1 hour and animals were in a basal state.
All data were obtained in each animal at 7-day intervals. Pressures were obtained from the left atrium, pulmonary artery, and aorta. Left ventricular dP/dt was obtained from the high-fidelity left ventricular pressure.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Pulmonary artery flow was recorded. Aortic and pulmonary blood samples were obtained for calculation of arteriovenous oxygen content difference.
1-C. Echocardiographic Studies Echocardiography is .a method of measuring regional myocardial blood flow which involves injection of a contrast material into the individual or animal.
Contrast material (microaggregates of galactose;) increase the echogenicity ("whiteness") of the image after left atrial injection. The microaggregates distribute into the coronary arteries and myocardial walls in a manner that is proportional to blood flaw (Skyba, et al., Circulation, 90:1513-1521, 1994). The peak intensity of contrast enhancement is correlated with myocardial blood flow as measured by microspheres (Skyba, et al., C.'ircula~'ion, 90:1513-1521, 1994).
Two-dimensional and M-made images were obtained with a Hewlett Packard Sonos imaging system. Images were: obtained from a right parasternal approach at the mid-papillary muscle level and recorded on VHS tape. Measurements were made according to criteria of the American Society of Echocardiography (Sahn, DJ, et al., Circulation. 58:1072-1083 (1978)).
Because of the midline orientation of the porcine interventricular septum (IVS) and use of the right parasternal view, short-axis M-mode measures were made through the IVS and the anatomic lateral wall. All parameters, including end-diastolic dimension (EDD), end-systolic dimension (ESD), and wall thickness, wc;re measured on at least five random end-expiratory beats and averaged. End-diastolic dimension was obtained at the onset of the QRS
complex. End-systolic dimension was taken at the instant of maximum lateral position of the IVS or at the end of the T
wave. Left ventricular systolic function was assessed by use of fractional shortening, FS=[(EDD-ESD)/EDD]x100. Percent wall thickening (%WTh) was calculated as %WTh=[(ESWTh-EDWTh)/EDWT'h]x100. To ~demonstr<ite reproducibility of echocardiographic measurements, animals were imaged on 2 consecutive days before the pacing protocol was initiated. The data from the separate determinatuons were highly reproducible (fractional shortening, R2=.94, P=.006;
lateral wall thickening, R2=.90, P=.005). All of these measurements were obtained with pacemakers inactivated.
1-D. Myocardial Blood Flow Myocardial blood flow was determined by the radioactive microsphere technique as described in detail in previously (Roth, DM, et al., Am. J. Physiol. 253:H1279-H1288, 1987; Roth, DM, et al., Circulation 82:17'78-1789, L990). Transmural samples from the left ventricular lateral wall and IVS were divided unto endocardial, midwall, and epicardial thirds, and blood flow to each SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) third and transmural flow were determined. Transmural sections were taken from regions in which echocardiographic measures had been made so that blood flow and functional measurements corresponded within each bed. Microspheres were injected in the control state (unpaced), at the initiation of ventricular pacing (225 bpm), and then at 7-day intervals during ventricular pacing at 225 bpm; microspheres were also injected with the pacemakers inactivated at 14 days (n=4) and 21 to 28 days (n=3). Myocardial blood flow per beat was calculated by dividing myocardial blood flow by the heart rate (recorded during microsphere injection) (Indolfi, C., et al., Circulation 80:933-993 ( 1989)). Mean left atrial and mean arterial pressures were recorded during microsphere injection so that an estimate of coronary vascular resistance could be calculated;
coronary vascular resistance index equals mean arterial pressure minus mean left atrial pressure divided by transmural coronary blood flow.
1-E. Systolic Wall Stress Circumferential systolic wall stress could not be determined because we could not obtain a I S suitable view to estimate the long axis of the left ventricle. Therefore, we calculated meridional end-systolic wall stress (Riechek, N., et al., Circulation 65:99-108 (1982)) using the equation meridional end-systolic wall stress (dynes) _ (0.334xPxD)-[h(I-h/D)], where P
is left ventricular end-systolic pressure in dynes, D is left ventricular end-systolic diameter in cm, and h is end-systolic wall thickness. Meridional end-systolic wall stress was calculated for both lateral wall and IVS before the initiation of pacing and subsequently at weekly intervals (pacemaker offj.
1-F. Terminal Surgery After 2612 days of continuous pacing, animals were anesthetized and intubated, and midline sternotomies were made. The still-beating hearts were submerged in saline (4°C), the coronary arteries were rapidly perfused with saline (4°C), the right ventricle and left ventricle (including IVS) were weighed, and transmural samples from each region were rapidly frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at a temperature of -70°C.
1-G. Adenine Nucleotides ATP and ADP were measured in transmural samples of the IVS and lateral wall in four animals with heart failure (paced 28 days) and four control animals. The samples from the animals with heart failure were obtained with the pacemakers off (60 minutes) on the day the animals were SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) killed. Samples were obtained identically in all animals. ATP and ADP were measured in a Waters high-performance liquid chromatograph as previously described (Pilz, R.B., et al., J. Biol.
Chem. 259:2927-293 S ( 1984)).
1-H. Statistical Analysis Data are expressed as mean t standard deviation {SD). Specific measurements obtained in the control {prepaced) state and at I-week intervals during pacing were compared by repeated - measures ANOVA (Crunch4, Crunch Software Corp.). In some comparisons (lateral wall versus IVS, for example), two-way ANOVA was used. Post hoc comparisons were performed with the "Tukey method" as described in the art. Nine animals survived 21 days of pacing; six of these survived 28 days of pacing. Data from animals surviving 28 days were statistically indistinguishable from those who survived only 21 days. ANOVA was conducted, therefore, on nine animals at four time points: control (prepacing), 7 days, 14 days, and 21 to 28 days. The null hypothesis was rejected when P<.OS (two-tailed).
Results 1-I. Hemodynamic Studies Rapid ventricular pacing resulted in changes in hemodynamics that were significant after 7 to 14 days of pacing. At 7 days, animals had increased mean left atrial and pulmonary arterial pressures. These pressures became increasingly abnormal with additional weeks of pacing {Table I ). Signs of circulatory congestion (tac,hypnea, ascites, and tachycardia) were evident by 14 to 21 days. Pulmonary arterial floor (cardiac output) had decreased by 21 days of pacing (control, 3.30.1 L/min; 21 days, l.9tCl.4 L/min; P<.OS).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Table 1. HEMODYNAMICS AND LEFT VENTRICULAR FUNCTION
n Control 7d 14d 21-28d p HR(bpm) 9 122f16 136115 149f13b 157tlSc,g .0004 MAP (mm Hg) 9 1038 9916 9817 102114 .52 PA (mm Hg) 7 2417 37t4b 42f9c 48t8c,g,i .0001 LA (mm Hg) 8 13f3 25f5c 30t7c 36t6c,e .0001 AV02D(mUdl) 7 3.611.1 3.510.9 5.211.5 6.2t1.5b,h.0005 EDD (cm) 9 3.910.4 4.40.5 4.9f0.6c 5.8~0.6c,f,i.0001 FS (%) 9 3913 26t5c 18f6c,e 13f4c,~ .0001 LV dP/dt (mm 4 2849f2782408f4601847t381c,d1072f123c,e,.0001 Hg/s) i Analysis of variance (repeated measures) was used to determine whether duration of pacing affected a specific variable; p-values from ANOVA are listed in the rightward column.
Post hoc testing was performed by the Tukey method: ap<0.05; bp<0.01; cp<0.001 (versus control value for the same variable); dp<0.05; ep<0.01; fp,0.001 (vs. previous week);
gp<0.05; hp<0.01;
'p<0.001 (vs. 7d value); post-hoc testing by Tukey method. Measurements were made with pacemakers inactivated and represent mean tSD. 7d: 7 days of pacing; 14d: 14 days of pacing;
21-28d: 21-28 days of pacing.
1-J. Global Left Ventricular Function Left ventricular function was assessed by echocardiography and hemodynamic variables after pacemakers had been inactivated. Fractional shortening was progressively reduced with duration of pacing (P=.0001; Table 1), reaching its lowest value at 21 to 28 days (control, 393%;
21 to 28 days 13f4%; P<.0002). Left ventricular end-diastolic dimension progressively increased during pacing (P<.0001; Table 1), reaching its maximal value at 21 to 28 days (control, 3.910.4 cm; 21 to 28 days, 5.80.6 cm; P=.0002). Left ventricular peak positive dP/dt also decreased throughout the study (P=.0001; Table 1 ). The progressive fall in peak dP/dt was accompanied by increasing left ventricular end-diastolic pressure, documenting decreased left ventricular SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) contractility, since increased preload normally augments left ventricular peak dP/dt. (Mahler, F., et aL,Am. J. Cardiol. 35:626-634 (1975)) 1-K. Left Ventricular Regional Function With the pacemaker inactivated, regional left ventricular function was assessed by measurement of percent wall thickening of the left ventricular lateral wall and IVS. Ventricular pacing from the lateral wall caused significant deterioration in function of the lateral wall compared with the IVS (P=.001; Fig 1 and Table 2). This difference was significant at 7 days and increased further at 21 to 28 clays as lateral wall function deteriorated. The IVS showed an insignificant decrease in wall thickening over the course of the study. End-diastolic wall thickness showed progressive thinning during the study that was more severe in the lateral wall {Table 2).
Table 2. SEQLTENTItAL LEFT VENTRICULAR WALL THICKENING
CONTROL 7d 14d 21-28d p(ANOVA) IVS EDTh .8t. l .'~t.l.7t.1 .6t.1 time: .0001 (cm) LAT EDTh .8t. l .'lf.l.6t.1 .St.l region: .039 (cm) p (IVS vs. ns ns ns ns inter: .027 LAT) IVS WTh (%) 33f~1 3315 28f3 2816 time: .0001 LAT WTh (%) 35t:i 2514 19f8 1416 region: .001 p (IVS vs. ns .02 .007 .0001 inter: .0001 LAT) Two-way analysis of variance {repeated measures) was used to determine whether end-diastolic wall thickness (EDTh) or % wall thickening (WTh) was affected by duration of pacing {time), or region (lateral wall, LAT; or interventricular septum, IVS), or whether the change in EDTh or WTh% was different between the two regions {inter). Mean values for EDTh and WTh%
at each time point were tested for differences between the two regions post-hoc by Tukey analyses.
Values represent mean tSD. 7d: Seven days of pacing; 14d: 14 days of pacing;
21-28d: 21-28 days of pacing. n=9.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 1-L. Left Ventricular Regional Blood Flow Subendocardial blood flow per minute increased more in the IVS than in the lateral wall when pacing was initiated (Fig 2 and Table 3). This difference in regional blood flow during pacing persisted for the duration of the study, and the pattern of change in blood flow was different between the two regions (P=.006). The pattern of change in blood flow per minute between the two regions during pacing was consistent whether measured in endocardial (P=.006), midwall (P=.002), epicardial (P=.016), or transmural (P=.003) sections (Table 3). In contrast, when the pacemaker was inactivated, subendocardial blood flow showed no regional differences whether measured in the control state, at 14 days, or at 21 to 28 days (Fig 2 and Table 3}.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Table 3.
SEQUENTIAL
MYOCARDIAL
BLOOD
FLOW
DAY DAY DAY
OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON p(ANOVA) IVS ENDO 1.411.26i.96t.381.68.222.351.461.881.182.67.39 time:
.0001 (ml/min/g) LAT ENDO 1.40f.331.111.141.501.351.65.251.73t.OS2.OSt.l6region:.017 (mUmin/g) p (IVS ns .701 ns .002 ns .006 inter:
vs. .006 LAT) IVS MID 1.56f.202.11.33 1.841.292.481.312.04f.092.981.46time:
.0001 (ml/min/g) LAT MID 1.661.281.531.171.50.431.771.291.76f.392.12f.06region:.019 (ml/min/g) p (IVS ns .O1 ns ns ns .001 inter:
vs. .002 LAT) IVS EPI 1.131.271.S~Ot.241.541.381.911.481.791.142.531.38time:
.0001 (ml/min/g) LAT EPI 1.371.221.4~Bt.311.241.24I.SSf.25I.SOf.041.921.08region:.l7 (mUmin/g) p (IVS ns ns ns ns .049 ns inter:
vs. .0016 LAT) IVS TRANS1.361.211.8:51.271.691.302.241.461.90f.092.73.40 time:
.0001 (mUmin/g) LAT TRANS1.471.271.3;Bt.221.411.331.651.251.66f.022.031.07region:.019 (mUmin/g) p (IVS ns .001 ns ns ns .001 inter:
vs. .003 LAT) IVS ENDO/1.301.31.321.231.131.201.271.261.051.201.061.10time:
.OS8 EPI
LAT ENDO/ 1.01f.07 0.T7f.10 1..21.06 1.071.11 1.151.02 1.071.10 region:.OS4 EPI
p (IVS vs. ns .0002 ns ns ns ns inter: .0008 LAT) Two-way analysis of variance (repeated measures) was used to determine whether subendocardial (ENDO) or transmural (TRANS) blood flow was affected by duration of pacing (time), or region (lateral wall, LAT; or interventricular septum, IVS}, or whether the pattern of S change in blood flow was difl:erent between the two regions (inter). Mean values for blood flows at each time point were tested for differences between the two regions post-hoc by Tukey analyses.
Values represent mean tSD i°rom S animals. ON: microspheres injected during ventricular pacing (225 bpm). OFF: Pacemaker inactivated. Day O=Control; Day 14: 14 days of pacing; Day 21-28:
21-28 days of pacing. _ SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Endocardial-to-epicardial blood flow ratios did not change significantly as heart failure progressed (P=.058). However, with the initiation of pacing, the endocardial-to-epicardial ratio was substantially lower in the lateral wall than in the IVS (IVS, 1.3210.23;
lateral wall, 0.7710.10;
P=.0002; Table 3). Ratios in both regions were >1.0 throughout the rest of the study.
Endocardial blood flow per beat (Fig 2 and Table 4) was similar in both regions before the initiation of pacing (IVS, 0.01310.003 mL ~ min-1 ~ g-1 ~ beat-1; lateral wall, 0.012~0.004mL
min-1 ~ g-1 ~ beat-1; P=NS). On initiation of ventricular pacing (225 bpm), there was a regional deficit in endocardial blood flow per beat in the lateral wall but not in the IVS (IVS, 0.009f0.002 mL ~ min-1 ~ g-1 ~ beat-1; lateral wall, 0.00510.001 mL ~ min-1 - g-1 ~ beat-1; P=.001). At 14 days and 21 to 28 days, endocardial flow per beat was less in the lateral wall than in the IVS during pacing (Fig 2 and Table 4}. These data indicate that myocardial hypoperfusion in the lateral wall began with the onset of pacing, and this relative ischemia persisted. However, endocardial blood flows per beat remained normal in both regions with the pacemaker off (Fig. 2 and Table 4).
Blood flow in both regions tended to increase during the final week of pacing (Fig 2 and Table 3). This pattern was associated with a progressive fall in the coronary vascular resistance index (Fig 3), suggesting that alterations in coronary vascular structure and function may accompany left ventricular remodeling as heart failure progresses. The coronary vascular resistance index was significantly greater in the lateral wall than in the IVS
at the initiation of pacing, and the pattern of change in coronary vascular resistance was different between the two regions (P=.0012) (Fig 3). These findings may indicate an effect of altered electrical activation on myocardial perfusion.
SUBST1TUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Table 4. ENDOCARDIAL BLOOD FLOW PER BEAT
MODEL ENDOCARDIAL FLOW PER BEAT
(mUmin/gram/beat) PORCINE AMAROID ISCHEMIA (HR 220 bpm; n=6) NONISCHEMIC 13ED 0.01210.004 ISCHEMIC BED 0.0060.002 p < 0.001 PORCINE LV PACING-INDUCEI) CHF' (HR 225 bpm; n=5) PACER ON PACER OFF
DAY 0 I V S 0.00910.002 0.01310.003 (HR
122 bpm) LATERAL WALL O.OOSf0.001 0.01210.004 p = 0.001 ns DAY 14 IVS 0.0100.003 0.01110.002 (HR
149 bpm) LATERAL WALL 0.0070.001 O.OlOf0.003 p = 0.008 ns DAY 21-28 IVS 0.012f0.002 0.01310.003 (HR
157 bpm) LATERAL WALL 0.00910.001 0.0120.002 p < 0.024 ns Data from ameroid ischemia model have been previously published from our laboratory (Hammond, H.K. and McKiman, M.D., J. Am. Coll. Cardiol., 23:475-82 (1994)).
Values represent mean t 1 SD. These data show that the collateral-dependent (ischemic region) of the ameroid model and the lateral wall of the left ventricular pacing-induced heart failure model have similar deficits in endocardial blood flow per beat compared with myocardial regions that are normalcy perfused.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 1-M. Left Ventricular End-Systolic Wall Stress There was a significant increase in estimated meridional end-systolic wall stress with respect to duration of pacing (P<.0001 ), but the pattern of change in wall stress was similar for the lateral wall and IVS (P=33), and post hoc testing failed to show any regional differences in systolic wall stress at any specific time point (Fig 3). The increase in end-systolic wall stress was roughly threefold in the lateral wall (control, 168140x103 dynes; 28 days, 412 ti43x103 dynes; P=.0001) and in the IVS (control, 159f35xi03 dynes; 28 days, 480f225x103 dynes;
P=.0001).
1-N. Necropsy At necropsy, animals with heart failure had ascites (mean amount, 1809 mL;
range, 300 to 3500 mL) and dilated, thin-walled hearts, with all four chambers appearing grossly enlarged.
Ratios of ventricular weight to body weight suggested hypertrophy of the right ventricle only, confirming data from a previous study using this model. (Roth, D.A., et al., J. Clin. Invest. 91:939-949 {1993)) Compared with weight-matched control animals, there was no change in left ventricular mass associated with heart failure (control, I 12110 g; heart failure, 114117 g); ratios of left ventricular weight to body weight were also similar in both groups (control, 2.80.3 g/kg; heart failure, 2.910.3 g/kg). In contrast, heart failure was associated with increased right ventricular weight (control, 3813 g; heart failure, 52f 11 g; P=.003) and ratios of right ventricular weight to body weight {control, 0.09f0.1 g/kg; heart failure, 1.310.3 g/kg; P<.003).
Paced animals gained 4 kg during the course of the study, an amount accounted for in part by ascites accumulation. If the initial body weight is used to calculate the ratio of left ventricular weight to body weight, the ratio still is not significantly higher than that from weight-matched control animals. These data confirm that there was no substantive increase in left ventricular mass during the course of the study.
1-O. Adenine Nucleotides Control animals showed normal ATP/ADP ratios, similar to those reported in pig heart collected by drill biopsies followed by immediate submersion in liquid nitrogen, (White, F.C., and Boss, G., J. Cardiovasc. Pathol. 3:225-236 (1990)) documenting that the sampling techniques used were suitable. Animals with heart failure showed a marked reduction in ATP/ADP
ratio in samples taken from the IVS (control, 14.81.1; heart failure, 2.40.3; P<.0001, n=4 both groups) and from the lateral wall (control, I4.3t4.0; heart failure, 2.410.9; P=.0012, n=4 both groups).
This confirms an imbalance between myocardial oxygen supply and demand.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 1-P. Myocardial Blood Flow Regional variations in myocardial blood flow, an immediate consequence of rapid ventricular pacing, may play ;a role in the pathogenesis of regional and global dysfunction in pacing-induced heart failure. During pacing, a difference was found in myocardial blood flow per minute between the left ventricular lateral wall (adjacent to the site of stimulation) and the IVS.
Reduced blood flow was present in the lateral wall immediately on the initiation of pacing and remained for 21 to 28 days. 7'he left: ventricular lateral wall, receiving less blood flow than the IVS during pacing, showed progressive reduction in wall thickening (pacer off) during 21 to 28 l0 days of pacing. In contrast, the IVS, receiving greater blood flow during pacing, maintained relatively normal wall thickening through 21 to 28 days of pacing.
Since myocardial blo~~d flow per minute does not readily permit assessment of relative myocardial ischemia, we also expressed coronary flow as endocardial blood flow per beat. The physiological basis for such an analysis lies in previous experiments showing that regional 15 subendocardial blood flow per minute (rather than outer wall of transmural flow) is the primary determinant of regional myocardial contraction under conditions of progressive coronary artery stenosis (Gallagher, K.P., et al., Am. J. Physiol. 16:H727-H738 (1984)) and that increases in heart rate shift this flow-function relation downward, with lower regional function at any level of subendocardial blood flow. (L)elbaas, T'., et al., J. Physiol 477:481-496 ( 1990)) However, if the 20 flow-function relation is plotted as regional function versus endocardial blood flow per beat, to correct for heart rate effects, there is a single relation at different heart rates, indicating that endocardial blood flow per beat primarily determines the level of wail function when coronary blood flow is reduced. (Indolfi, C., et al., Circulation 80:933-993 ( 1989);
Ross, J., Circulation 83:1076-1083 ( 1991 )) With the initiation of pacing, there was a >50%
reduction in endocardial 25 blood flow per beat in the lateral wall compared with the IVS (P<.001;
Table 4) In prior studies in the conscious pig, we have documented that a SO% reduction in endocardial blood flow caused a 50°~o reduction of regional function and was associated with a subendocardial flow per beat similar to that observed in the lateral wall in the present studies (Table 4). The reduction in blood flow in the lateral wall during pacing persisted throughout the 30 study. These data provide evidence for myocardial ischemia in the lateral wall on initiation of ventricular pacing. In contrast, IVS function and endocardial flow per beat remained relatively normal. With the pacemaker off, subendocardial blood flow per beat remained normal in both regions throughout the study, while regional dysfunction persisted in the lateral wall, consistent SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) with the occurrence of myocardial stunning in that region. Thus, we postulate that sustained ischetnia of the lateral wall has a significant effect on global function during and after pacing.
EXAMPLE 2: PREPARATION OF ADENOVIRAL CONSTRUCTS
A helper independent replication deficient human adenovirus-S system was used.
As an initial illustration of vector constructs, we used the genes encoding (3-gaiactosidase and FGF-S.
Recombinant adenoviruses encoding j3-galactosidase or FGF-S were constructed using full length cDNAs. The system used to generate recombinant adenoviruses imposed a packing limit of about Skb for transgene inserts. Each of the (3-gal and FGF-5 genes operably linked to the CMV
promoter and with the SV40 polyadenylation sequences were less than 4 kb, well within the packaging constraints.
The full length cDNA for human FGF-5 was released from plasmid pLTR122E (Zhan et al., MoI. Cell. Biol., 8:3487, 1988) as a 1.1 kb ECOR1 fragment which includes 981 by of the open reading frame of the gene and cloned into the polylinker of shuttle vector plasmid ACCMVpLpA.
The nucleotide and amino acid sequence of FGF-5 is disclosed in Figure 1 of Zhan et al., Mol.
Cell. Biol., 8:3487, 1988. pACCMVpLpA is described in Gomez-Foix et al. J.
Biol. Chem., 267:25129-25134, 1992. pACCMVpLpA contains the 5' end of the adenovirus serotype 5 genome (map units 0 to 17) where the E 1 region has been substituted with the human cytomegalovirus enhancer-promoter (CMV promoter) followed by the multiple cloning site (polylinker) from pUC
19 (plasmid well known in the art), followed by the SV40 polyadenylation signal. The IacZ-encoding control adenovirus is based on a EIA /ElB deletion from map unit 1 to 9.8. The FGF-5-encoding adenovirus (Ad.FGF-S) is based on a ElA /EIB deletion from map unit 1.3 to 9.3. Both of these vectors eliminate the entire ElA coding sequences and most of the E1B
coding sequences.
Both of the vectors have the transgene inserts cloned in an anti-sense orientation relative to the adenovirus sequences. Therefore, in the unlikely event of read-through transcription, the adenovirus transcript would be antisense and would not express viral proteins.
The FGF-S gene-containing plasmid was co-transfected (using calcium phosphate precipitation) into 293 cells with plasmid JM17 (pJMl7) which contains the entire human adenovirus 5 genome with an additional 4.3 kb insert, making pJMl7 too large to be encapsidated into mature adenovirus virions. The cells were then overlaid with nutrient agarose. Infectious viral particles containing the angiogenic gene were generated by homologous rescue recombination in the 293 cells and were isolated as single plaques 10-12 days later. (Identification of successful recombinant virus also can be done by co-transfection by lipofection and directly looking for cytopathic effect microscopically as described in Zhang et al.
Biotechniques 15(5):868-SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 872, 1993). The resultant ade:noviral vectors contain the transgene but are devoid of ElA/E1B
sequences and are therefore replication-deficient. Adenovirus vector carrying the FGF-5 gene is also referred to herein as Ad.I~GF-5.
Although these recombinant adenovirus were nonreplicative in mammalian cells, they could propagate in 293 cells which had been transformed with ElA/E1B and provided these essential gene products in tra,ns. Recombinant virus from individual plaques was propagated in 293 cells and viral DNA was characterized by restriction analysis.
Successful recombinant virus then underwent two rounds of plaque purification using standard procedures. Viral stocks were propagated in 293 cells to titers in the range of 1010 and 1012 viral particles per milliliiter (ml) as determined by optical densitometry. Human 293 cells were infected at 80% confluence anti culture supernatant was harvested at 36-48 hours. After subjecting the virus-containing supernatant to freeze-thaw cycles, the cellular debris was pelleted by standard centrifugation and the virus further purified by two cesium chloride (CsCt) gradient ultracentrifugations (discontinuous 1.3:311.45 CsCI gradient; CsCI prepared in 5 mM Tris, 1 mM
EDTA (pH 7.8); 90,000 x g (:! hr), 105,000 x g ( 18 hr)). Prior to in vivo injection, the viral stocks were desalted by gel filtration through Sepharose columns (e.g. G25 Sephadex equilibrated with PBS). Final viral concentrations were about 1011 viral particles per milliliter (ml), as determined by optical densitometry. Viral stocks can be conveniently stored in cells in media at minus 70 degrees C. For injections, purified virus is preferably resuspended in saline.
The adenoviral vector preparation was highly purified, with no wild-type (potentially replicative) virus. Thus adenoviral infection and inflammatory infiltration in the heart were minimized.
EXAMPLE 3: GENE TRANSFER IN ADULT RAT CARDIOMYOCYTES
Adult rat cardiomyoc;ytes were prepared by Langendorf perfusion with a collagenase containing perfusate according to standard methods. Rod shaped cells were cultured on laminin coated plates and at 24 hours, were infected with the ~i-galactosidase-encoding adenovirus obtained in the above Example 2, at a multiplicity of infection of 1:1. After a further 36 hour period, the cells were fixed with glutaraldehyde and incubated with X-gal.
Consistently 70-90% of adult myocytes expressed the Gi-galactosidase transgene after infection with the recombinant adenovirus. At a multiplicity of infection of 1-2:1 there was no cytotoxicity observed.
EXAMPLE 4: IN VIVO GENE. TRANSFER INTO PORCINE MYOCARDIUM
The ~i-galactosidase-encoding adenoviral vector obtained in Example 2 was propagated in permissive 293 cells and puritled by CsCI gradient ultracentrifugation with a final viral titer of I.5 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) x 1010 viral particles, based on the procedures of Example 2. An anesthetized, ventilated 40 kg pig underwent thoracotomy. A 26 gauge butterfly needle was inserted into the mid left anterior descending (LAD) coronary artery and the vector (1.5 x 1010 viral particles) was injected in a 2 ml volume in phosphate buffered saline. The chest was closed and the animas allowed to recover. On the fourth post-injection day the animal was killed. The heart was fixed with glutaraldehyde, sectioned and incubated with X-gal for 16.5 hours. After imbedding and sectioning, the tissue was counterstained with eosin.
Microscopic analysis of tissue sections (transmural sections of LAD bed 96 hours after intracoronary injection of adenovirus containing IacZ) revealed a significant magnitude of gene transfer observed in the LAD coronary bed with many tissue sections demonstrating a substantial proportion of the cells staining positively for ~i-galactosidase. Areas of the myocardium remote from the LAD circulatory bed-did not demonstrate X-gal staining and served as a negative control, while diffuse expression of a gene was observed in myocytes and in endothelial cells. A
substantial proportion of myocytes showed ~-galactosidase activity (blue stain), and, in subsequent studies using closed chest intracoronary injection, similar activity was present 14 days after gene transfer (n=8). There was no evidence of inflammation or necrosis in areas of gene expression.
EXAMPLE 5: PORCINE MODEL OF ANGIOGENESIS-MEDIATED GENE THERAPY (USWG AN
FGF-5 TRANSGENE) In this pig model for myocardial ischemia and heart failure, animals were subjected to stress by atrial electrical stimulation (pacing). The degree of stress-induced myocardial dysfunction and inadequate regional blood flow was quantified and then gene transfer was performed by intracoronary injection of an illustrative recombinant adenovirus expressing FGF-5.
Gene transfer was performed after stable but limited endogenous angiogenesis had developed, and inducible ischemia, analogous to angina pectoris in patients, was present. The animals had no ischemia at rest but developed ischemia during activity or atrial pacing.
Control animals received a recombinant adenovirus expressing lacZ ((i-gal) to exclude the possibility that the adenovirus itself, independent of FGF-5, was stimulating new blood vessel formation. This also controlled for possible continued collateral vessel development unrelated to gene transfer.
Two weeks after gene transfer, stress-induced cardiac dysfunction and regional blood flow were again measured.
Pigs receiving lacZ showed a similar degree of pacing-induced dysfunction in the ischemic region before and two weeks after gene transfer. In contrast, two weeks after receiving the FGF-5 gene, the animals showed increase in wall thickening and improved blood flow in the ischemic region during pacing. The results demonstrated that gene transfer of an angiogenic transgene SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (FGF-5) was effective to ameliorate regional myocardial contractile dysfunction by improving regional blood flow through newly-formed blood vessels.
Methods Animals and model.
Yorkshire domestic pigs (S~rs s~crofa, n = 27) weight 47 ~ 9 kg were used. Two animals underwent intracoronary injection o:f a recombinant adenovirus expressing lacZ
( 1011 viral particles in 2.0 ml saline) andl were killed 3 or 5 days after injection. The remaining 25 animals had catheters placed in the left atrium, pulmonary artery and aorta, providing a means to measure regional blood flow, and to monitor pressures. Wires were sutured on the left atrium to permit ECG recording and atrial pacing. An ameroid constrictor placed around the proximal left circumflex coronary artery. 'Che ameroid material is hygroscopic and slowly swells, leading gradually to complete closure; ofthe artery 10 days after placement, with minimal infarction (<1%
of the left ventricle) because of the development of collateral blood vessels.
Myocardial function and blood flow are normal at rest in the region previously perfused by the occluded artery (the ischemic region), but blood flow is insufficient to prevent ischemia when myocardial oxygen demands increase. Collateral vessel development is complete within 21 days of ameroid placement and remains unchanged for at feast 4 months (Roth et al., Am. J.
Physiol. 253: H 1279-H1288, 1987). A hydraulic cuff was also placed around the artery, adjacent but distal to the ameroid. These procedures have been described in detail elsewhere (Hammond et al., J. Am. Coll.
Cardiol. 23: 475-482, 1994 and Hammond et al., J. Clin. Invest. 92: 2644-2652, 1993). Two animals died 5 and 7 days after ameroid placement. Thirty-eight (~ 2) days after ameroid placement, when limited collateral circulation had developed and stabilized, animals underwent studies to define pacing-induced regional function and blood flow and then received recombinant adenovirus expressing either IacZ (n = 7, control animals) or FGF-5 (n = 16, treatment group) delivered by intracoronary injection. Then, 14 t 1 days later, studies to define pacing-induced regional function and blood flow were repeated. The following day, AdlacZ (n =
7) and AdFGF-5 (n = 11 ) animals were killed .and tissues collected. Five AdFGF-5 animals were studied 12 weeks after gene transfer and then killed.
Recombinant adenovirus and transgene delivery.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) A helper-independent replication-deficient human adenovirus-5 system was prepared as described in Example 2 above.
For intracoronary delivery of the transgene, animals were anesthetized, and a SF arterial sheath placed into the carotid artery. A SF multipurpose (A2) coronary catheter was inserted through the sheath and into the coronary arteries. Closure of the ameroid was confirmed in all animals by contrast injection into the left main coronary artery. T'he catheter tip was then placed deeply within the arterial lumen so that minimal material would be lost to the proximal aorta during injection. Four milliliters containing 2 X 1011 viral particles of recombinant adenovirus was delivered by slowly injecting 2.0 ml into both the left and right coronary arteries.
Assays:
(i) Regional contractile function and perfusion. Two-dimensional and M-mode images were obtained from a right parasternal approach at the papillary muscle level using a Hewlett Packard ultrasound imaging system (Hewlett-Packard Sonos 1000). Conscious animals were studied suspended in a comfortable sling to minimize body movement. Images were recorded on VHS tape with animals in a basal state and again during left atriai pacing (heart rate = 200 beats per min). These studies were performed 1 day before gene transfer and repeated 14 ~ 1 days later.
Five animals were examined again 12 weeks after gene transfer with FGF-S to determine whether the effect on improved function was persistent. Rate-pressure products and left atrial pressures were similar in both groups before and after gene transfer, indicating similar myocardial oxygen demands and loading conditions. Echocardiographic measurements were made using standardized criteria (Sahn et al., Circulation 58: 1072-1083, 1978). To demonstrate reproducibility of echocardiographic measurements, animals (n = 5) were imaged on two consecutive days. The data from the separate determinations were highly reproducible (lateral wall thickening: r2 = 0.90;
P = 0.005). The percent decrease in function measured by transthoracic echocardiography and sonomicrometry in this model are similar (Hammond et al., J., Am. Coll.
Cardiol. 23: 475-482, 1994 and Hammond et al. J. Clin. Invest. 92: 2644-2652, 1993), documenting the accuracy of echocardiography for evaluation of ischemic dysfunction. Analysis was perfonmed without knowledge of treatment group.
Contrast material (Levovist; microaggregates of galactose) increases the echogenicity (whiteness) of the image after left atrial injection. The microaggregates distribute into the coronary arteries and myocardial walls in a manner that is proportional to blood flow. The peak intensity of contrast enhancement is correlated with myocardial blood flow as measured by _ microspheres (Skyba et al., Circulation 58: 1072-1083, 1978). Thirty-eight (t 2) days after SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) ameroid placement, well after ameroid closure, but before gene transfer, contrast echocaidiographic studies were performed during atrial pacing (200 bpm).
Studies were repeated 14 ~ 1 days after gene transfer., and, in five animals, 12 weeks after gene transfer with FGF-5.
Peak contrast intensity was measured from the video images with a computer-based video analysis program (Color Vue II, Nova Pvlicrosonics, Indianapolis, Indiana), that provided an objective measure of video intensity. Data were expressed as the ratio of the peak video intensity in the ischemic region (LCx bed) divided by the peak video intensity in the interventricular septum (IVS, a region receiving normal blood flow through the unoccluded left anterior descending coronary artery). The differences in regional blood flow during atrial pacing measured by contrast echocardiography were similar to the differences measured by microspheres in this same model in our laboratory, documenting the accuracy of echocardiography for the evaluation of regional myocardial blood flow. The contrast studies were analyzed without knowledge of which gene the animals had received.
(ii) Assessment of angiogenesis.
The brachiocephalic artery was cannulated and other great vessels ligated.
After intravenous injection of heparin ( 10,000 IU), papaverine (60 mg), and then potassium chloride (to induce diastolic cardiac arrest)., the aarta was cross-clamped and the coronary vascuiature perfused. Glutaraldehyde solution (6.25%, 0.1 M cacodylate buffer) was perfused at 120 mm Hg pressure; the heart was removed; the beds were identifed using color-coded dyes injected anterograde through the left anterior descending, left circumflex and right coronary arteries; and the ameroid was examined to confir~rn closure. Samples taken from the normally perfused and ischemic regions (endocardial .and epicardial thirds) were plastic-embedded and prepared for microscopic analysis of capillary number. Four 1-pm-thick transverse sections were taken from each subsample (endocardium and epicardium of each region ) as previously described (Mathieu-Costello, Microvasc. Res. 33: S~8-117, 1987 and Poole & Mathieu-Costello, Am.
J. Physiol. 259:
H204-H210, 1990). The number of capillaries around each fiber and fiber cross-sectional area in each of eight fields in each subsample (randomly selected by systematic sampling) were measured with an image analyzer (Videometric 150, American innovision) at X1400. The number of capillaries around a total of 32:i ~ 18 fibers was measured. Capillary density (number per fiber cross-sectional area) was estimated by point counting 15 ~ 1 fields per subsample. The relative standard errors of capillary nurnber around a fiber, fiber cross-sectional area and capillary density were 1.4, 4.1 and 4.2% respectively. Capillary-to-fiber ratio was calculated as the product of _ capillary density and fiber cross-sectional area. There was no significant difference in fiber cross-SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) sectional area in myocardial samples from either group. Bromodeoxyuridine (50 mg/kg) was injected into the peritoneal space of five animals: a control animal (no ameroid); two animals with ameroid occluders that received IacZ gene transfer 2 weeks before; and two animals with ameroid occluders that received FGF-5 gene transfer 2 weeks before. Thirty-six hours after BRDU
injection the animals were killed, and the tissue was prepared for anaiysis using methods previously described (Kajstura et al., Circ. Res. 74: 383-400, 1994). Sections of duodenum were used as positive controls.
(iii) DNA, mRNA and protein expression.
Following gene transfer, left ventricular homogenates underwent studies to document transgene presence and expression. The polymerase chain reaction (PCR), using a sense primer to the CMV promoter (GCAGAGCTCGTTTAGTGAAC; SEQ ID. NO. 1 ) and an antisense to the internal FGF-S sequence (GAAAATGGGTAGAGATATGCT; SEQ ID NO. 2) amplified the expected 500-by fragment. Using a sense primer to the beginning of the FGF-5 sequence (ATGAGCTTGTCCTTCCTCCTC; SEQ ID NO. 3) and an antisense primer to the internal sequence (i.e., SEQ ID NO. 2), RT-PCR amplified the expected 400-by fragment.
Primers directed against the adenovirus DNA E2 region were used to detect wild-type or recombinant viral DNA in tissues (TCGTTTCTCAGCAGCTGTTG; SEQ ID NO. 4) and (CATCTGAACTCAAAGCGTGG; SEQ ID NO. 5). The expected 900-by fragment was amplified from the recombinant virus. These studies were conducted on 200-mg tissue samples from myocardium and other tissues. PCR detection sensitivity was 1 viral sequence per 5 million cells.
A polycional antibody directed against FGF-5 (Kitaoka et al., Invest.
Ophthaimol. Vis. Sci.
35:3189-3198, 1994) was used in immunoblots of protein from the medium of cultured rat cardiac fibroblasts 48 h after the gene transfer of FGF-5 or IacZ. FGF-S protein was found in conditioned media after gene transfer of FGF-5, but not after gene transfer of IacZ.
Methods for PCR and western blotting have been described in detail elsewhere (Hammond et al., J.
Clin. Invest. 92:
2644-2652, 1993, Roth et ai. J. Clin. Invest. 91: 939-949, 1993, and Tsai et al. Am. J. Physiol.
267:H2079-H2085, 1994). To examine the transgene for mitogenic activity in vitro, adult rat cardiac fibroblasts were infected with adenovirus-encoding FGF-5 or with adenovirus-encoding lacZ, or were not infected. Media from these cell cultures were incubated with NIH 3T3 mouse fibroblasts, and tritiated thymidine incorporation was measured (Tsai et al., Endocrinology 136:
3831-3838, 1995).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (iv) Adenovirus release during intracoronary delivery.
Pulmonary arterial blood was withdrawn continuously during intracoronary injection of recombinant adenovirus in three anirnals. Serum from each sample was used in a standard plaque assay. Undiluted serum (0.5 ml) was added to subconfluent H293 cells; 10 days later, no plaques had formed. However, when 0.5 ml serum was diluted 200- to 8000-fold with DMEM
(2% FBS), viral plaques formed by day 9. A single vascular bed (myocardial) separates the coronary and pulmonary arteries: If no vines attaches in this bed after injection into the coronary artery, then the pulmonary artery concentration of virus should reflect the dilution of coronary sinus blood by systemic venous blood over the time of the injection. Measurements from our laboratory indicate that coronary flow represents 5% of pulmonary artery flow. Using this dilution factor (20-fold), the duration of coronary injection, and the amount of adenovirus injected, we calculated the amount of adenovirus delivered to the pulmonary artery, assuming no adenovirus escape or attachment. This estimate was comparc;d to the measured amount and the difference used as an estimate of the amount of virus cleared by the myocardial vascular bed.
(v) Assessment of inflammation.
Hematoxylin/eosin and Masson's trichrome stains were used to detect inflammatory cell infiltrates, cell necrosis and fibrosis. Mouse ascites, porcine anti-CD4 and anti-CD8 monoclonal antibodies (1.0 mg/ml; VMRI), Inc., Pullman, Washington) were used to detect CD4 and CD8 markers on T lymphocytes in frozen sections (6 pm) of spleen (positive control) and heart. These studies were performed on transmural samples of hearts of six animals that had received ameroid occluders 50 days before being killed: two animals received no gene transfer, two received FGF-5 gene transfer 2 weeks before, and two received IacZ gene transfer 2 weeks before. Analysis was conducted without knowledge; of treatment group.
(vi) Statistical analysis.
Data are expressed as means f 1 s.e.m. Measurements made before and after gene transfer with FGF-5 and lacZ were compared using two-way analysis of variance (Crunch4, Crunch Software Corporation, Oakland, California). Data from angiogenesis studies also underwent two-way analysis of variance. The null hypothesis was rejected when P <0.05.
Three measurements were used to assess whether gene transfer of FGF-5 was effective in treating myocardial ischemia: regional contractile function arid perfusion (assessed before and SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) after gene transfer) and capillary number. All measurements were conducted without knowledge of which gene the animals had received (FGF-S versus IacZ).
Regional contractile function and blood flow. Thirty-eight days after ameroid placement, animals showed impaired wall thickening during atrial electrical stimulation (pacing). Pigs receiving IacZ showed a similar degree of pacing-induced dysfunction in the ischemic region before and two weeks after gene transfer. In contrast, two weeks after FGF-5 gene transfer there was a 2.7-fold increase in wall thickening in the ischemic region during pacing (P < 0.0001;
Fig. 6). Wall thickening in the normally perfused region (the interventricular septum) was normal during pacing and unaffected by gene transfer (% wall thickening: IacZ: pre gene transfer 53 ~
Recombinant adenovirus and transgene delivery.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) A helper-independent replication-deficient human adenovirus-5 system was prepared as described in Example 2 above.
For intracoronary delivery of the transgene, animals were anesthetized, and a SF arterial sheath placed into the carotid artery. A SF multipurpose (A2) coronary catheter was inserted through the sheath and into the coronary arteries. Closure of the ameroid was confirmed in all animals by contrast injection into the left main coronary artery. T'he catheter tip was then placed deeply within the arterial lumen so that minimal material would be lost to the proximal aorta during injection. Four milliliters containing 2 X 1011 viral particles of recombinant adenovirus was delivered by slowly injecting 2.0 ml into both the left and right coronary arteries.
Assays:
(i) Regional contractile function and perfusion. Two-dimensional and M-mode images were obtained from a right parasternal approach at the papillary muscle level using a Hewlett Packard ultrasound imaging system (Hewlett-Packard Sonos 1000). Conscious animals were studied suspended in a comfortable sling to minimize body movement. Images were recorded on VHS tape with animals in a basal state and again during left atriai pacing (heart rate = 200 beats per min). These studies were performed 1 day before gene transfer and repeated 14 ~ 1 days later.
Five animals were examined again 12 weeks after gene transfer with FGF-S to determine whether the effect on improved function was persistent. Rate-pressure products and left atrial pressures were similar in both groups before and after gene transfer, indicating similar myocardial oxygen demands and loading conditions. Echocardiographic measurements were made using standardized criteria (Sahn et al., Circulation 58: 1072-1083, 1978). To demonstrate reproducibility of echocardiographic measurements, animals (n = 5) were imaged on two consecutive days. The data from the separate determinations were highly reproducible (lateral wall thickening: r2 = 0.90;
P = 0.005). The percent decrease in function measured by transthoracic echocardiography and sonomicrometry in this model are similar (Hammond et al., J., Am. Coll.
Cardiol. 23: 475-482, 1994 and Hammond et al. J. Clin. Invest. 92: 2644-2652, 1993), documenting the accuracy of echocardiography for evaluation of ischemic dysfunction. Analysis was perfonmed without knowledge of treatment group.
Contrast material (Levovist; microaggregates of galactose) increases the echogenicity (whiteness) of the image after left atrial injection. The microaggregates distribute into the coronary arteries and myocardial walls in a manner that is proportional to blood flow. The peak intensity of contrast enhancement is correlated with myocardial blood flow as measured by _ microspheres (Skyba et al., Circulation 58: 1072-1083, 1978). Thirty-eight (t 2) days after SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) ameroid placement, well after ameroid closure, but before gene transfer, contrast echocaidiographic studies were performed during atrial pacing (200 bpm).
Studies were repeated 14 ~ 1 days after gene transfer., and, in five animals, 12 weeks after gene transfer with FGF-5.
Peak contrast intensity was measured from the video images with a computer-based video analysis program (Color Vue II, Nova Pvlicrosonics, Indianapolis, Indiana), that provided an objective measure of video intensity. Data were expressed as the ratio of the peak video intensity in the ischemic region (LCx bed) divided by the peak video intensity in the interventricular septum (IVS, a region receiving normal blood flow through the unoccluded left anterior descending coronary artery). The differences in regional blood flow during atrial pacing measured by contrast echocardiography were similar to the differences measured by microspheres in this same model in our laboratory, documenting the accuracy of echocardiography for the evaluation of regional myocardial blood flow. The contrast studies were analyzed without knowledge of which gene the animals had received.
(ii) Assessment of angiogenesis.
The brachiocephalic artery was cannulated and other great vessels ligated.
After intravenous injection of heparin ( 10,000 IU), papaverine (60 mg), and then potassium chloride (to induce diastolic cardiac arrest)., the aarta was cross-clamped and the coronary vascuiature perfused. Glutaraldehyde solution (6.25%, 0.1 M cacodylate buffer) was perfused at 120 mm Hg pressure; the heart was removed; the beds were identifed using color-coded dyes injected anterograde through the left anterior descending, left circumflex and right coronary arteries; and the ameroid was examined to confir~rn closure. Samples taken from the normally perfused and ischemic regions (endocardial .and epicardial thirds) were plastic-embedded and prepared for microscopic analysis of capillary number. Four 1-pm-thick transverse sections were taken from each subsample (endocardium and epicardium of each region ) as previously described (Mathieu-Costello, Microvasc. Res. 33: S~8-117, 1987 and Poole & Mathieu-Costello, Am.
J. Physiol. 259:
H204-H210, 1990). The number of capillaries around each fiber and fiber cross-sectional area in each of eight fields in each subsample (randomly selected by systematic sampling) were measured with an image analyzer (Videometric 150, American innovision) at X1400. The number of capillaries around a total of 32:i ~ 18 fibers was measured. Capillary density (number per fiber cross-sectional area) was estimated by point counting 15 ~ 1 fields per subsample. The relative standard errors of capillary nurnber around a fiber, fiber cross-sectional area and capillary density were 1.4, 4.1 and 4.2% respectively. Capillary-to-fiber ratio was calculated as the product of _ capillary density and fiber cross-sectional area. There was no significant difference in fiber cross-SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) sectional area in myocardial samples from either group. Bromodeoxyuridine (50 mg/kg) was injected into the peritoneal space of five animals: a control animal (no ameroid); two animals with ameroid occluders that received IacZ gene transfer 2 weeks before; and two animals with ameroid occluders that received FGF-5 gene transfer 2 weeks before. Thirty-six hours after BRDU
injection the animals were killed, and the tissue was prepared for anaiysis using methods previously described (Kajstura et al., Circ. Res. 74: 383-400, 1994). Sections of duodenum were used as positive controls.
(iii) DNA, mRNA and protein expression.
Following gene transfer, left ventricular homogenates underwent studies to document transgene presence and expression. The polymerase chain reaction (PCR), using a sense primer to the CMV promoter (GCAGAGCTCGTTTAGTGAAC; SEQ ID. NO. 1 ) and an antisense to the internal FGF-S sequence (GAAAATGGGTAGAGATATGCT; SEQ ID NO. 2) amplified the expected 500-by fragment. Using a sense primer to the beginning of the FGF-5 sequence (ATGAGCTTGTCCTTCCTCCTC; SEQ ID NO. 3) and an antisense primer to the internal sequence (i.e., SEQ ID NO. 2), RT-PCR amplified the expected 400-by fragment.
Primers directed against the adenovirus DNA E2 region were used to detect wild-type or recombinant viral DNA in tissues (TCGTTTCTCAGCAGCTGTTG; SEQ ID NO. 4) and (CATCTGAACTCAAAGCGTGG; SEQ ID NO. 5). The expected 900-by fragment was amplified from the recombinant virus. These studies were conducted on 200-mg tissue samples from myocardium and other tissues. PCR detection sensitivity was 1 viral sequence per 5 million cells.
A polycional antibody directed against FGF-5 (Kitaoka et al., Invest.
Ophthaimol. Vis. Sci.
35:3189-3198, 1994) was used in immunoblots of protein from the medium of cultured rat cardiac fibroblasts 48 h after the gene transfer of FGF-5 or IacZ. FGF-S protein was found in conditioned media after gene transfer of FGF-5, but not after gene transfer of IacZ.
Methods for PCR and western blotting have been described in detail elsewhere (Hammond et al., J.
Clin. Invest. 92:
2644-2652, 1993, Roth et ai. J. Clin. Invest. 91: 939-949, 1993, and Tsai et al. Am. J. Physiol.
267:H2079-H2085, 1994). To examine the transgene for mitogenic activity in vitro, adult rat cardiac fibroblasts were infected with adenovirus-encoding FGF-5 or with adenovirus-encoding lacZ, or were not infected. Media from these cell cultures were incubated with NIH 3T3 mouse fibroblasts, and tritiated thymidine incorporation was measured (Tsai et al., Endocrinology 136:
3831-3838, 1995).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) (iv) Adenovirus release during intracoronary delivery.
Pulmonary arterial blood was withdrawn continuously during intracoronary injection of recombinant adenovirus in three anirnals. Serum from each sample was used in a standard plaque assay. Undiluted serum (0.5 ml) was added to subconfluent H293 cells; 10 days later, no plaques had formed. However, when 0.5 ml serum was diluted 200- to 8000-fold with DMEM
(2% FBS), viral plaques formed by day 9. A single vascular bed (myocardial) separates the coronary and pulmonary arteries: If no vines attaches in this bed after injection into the coronary artery, then the pulmonary artery concentration of virus should reflect the dilution of coronary sinus blood by systemic venous blood over the time of the injection. Measurements from our laboratory indicate that coronary flow represents 5% of pulmonary artery flow. Using this dilution factor (20-fold), the duration of coronary injection, and the amount of adenovirus injected, we calculated the amount of adenovirus delivered to the pulmonary artery, assuming no adenovirus escape or attachment. This estimate was comparc;d to the measured amount and the difference used as an estimate of the amount of virus cleared by the myocardial vascular bed.
(v) Assessment of inflammation.
Hematoxylin/eosin and Masson's trichrome stains were used to detect inflammatory cell infiltrates, cell necrosis and fibrosis. Mouse ascites, porcine anti-CD4 and anti-CD8 monoclonal antibodies (1.0 mg/ml; VMRI), Inc., Pullman, Washington) were used to detect CD4 and CD8 markers on T lymphocytes in frozen sections (6 pm) of spleen (positive control) and heart. These studies were performed on transmural samples of hearts of six animals that had received ameroid occluders 50 days before being killed: two animals received no gene transfer, two received FGF-5 gene transfer 2 weeks before, and two received IacZ gene transfer 2 weeks before. Analysis was conducted without knowledge; of treatment group.
(vi) Statistical analysis.
Data are expressed as means f 1 s.e.m. Measurements made before and after gene transfer with FGF-5 and lacZ were compared using two-way analysis of variance (Crunch4, Crunch Software Corporation, Oakland, California). Data from angiogenesis studies also underwent two-way analysis of variance. The null hypothesis was rejected when P <0.05.
Three measurements were used to assess whether gene transfer of FGF-5 was effective in treating myocardial ischemia: regional contractile function arid perfusion (assessed before and SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) after gene transfer) and capillary number. All measurements were conducted without knowledge of which gene the animals had received (FGF-S versus IacZ).
Regional contractile function and blood flow. Thirty-eight days after ameroid placement, animals showed impaired wall thickening during atrial electrical stimulation (pacing). Pigs receiving IacZ showed a similar degree of pacing-induced dysfunction in the ischemic region before and two weeks after gene transfer. In contrast, two weeks after FGF-5 gene transfer there was a 2.7-fold increase in wall thickening in the ischemic region during pacing (P < 0.0001;
Fig. 6). Wall thickening in the normally perfused region (the interventricular septum) was normal during pacing and unaffected by gene transfer (% wall thickening: IacZ: pre gene transfer 53 ~
8%, post gene transfer 51 t 6%; FGF-5: pre gene transfer 59 ~ 4%, post gene transfer 59 ~ 6%).
Associated with improved function in the ischemic region was improved regional blood flow. Two weeks after IacZ gene transfer there was a persistent flow deficit in the ischemic region during pacing (Fig. 8). Animals receiving FGF-5 gene transfer, however, showed homogeneous contrast enhancement in the two regions two weeks later, indicating improved blood flow in the ischemic region {P = 0.0001 ). To determine whether improved function and perfusion in the ischemic bed were long lasting, five animals were examined again 12 weeks after FGF-5 gene transfer. Each animal showed persistent improvements in function (P = 0.005;
Fig. 6) and perfusion (P = 0.001; Fig. 8).
Angiogenesis. Uninfected ameroid-constricted animals (no gene transfer performed) had identical physiological responses to animals receiving lacZ-encoding adenovirus, indicating that the lacZ
vector did not adversely affect native angiogenesis. To assess angiogenesis, myocardial capillary number was quantified using microscopic analysis of perfusion-fixed hearts (Fig. 9). The number of capillaries surrounding each myocardial fiber was greater in the endocardium of the ischemic and nonischemic regions in animals that received gene transfer with FGF-5 when compared with the same regions of the hearts of animals that had received gene transfer with IacZ (P = 0.038).
Thus, improved regional function and perfusion were associated with capillary angiogenesis two weeks after FGF-5 gene transfer. Increased capillary number around each fiber tended to increase in the epicardial portion of the wall after FGF-5 gene transfer (P = 0.13).
Other measures of capillarity such as capillary number per fiber cross-sectional area and capillary number per fiber number were not changed in endocardium or epicardium.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) DNA, mRNA and protein expression. Having established favorable effects of FGF-5 gene transfer on function, prefusion and capillary number around each fiber, it was imperative to demonstrate presence and expression of the transgene in the heart. Polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and reverse transcriptas;e coupled with PCR (RT-PCR) were used to detect transgenic FGF-5 DNA and mRNA in myocarnium from animals that had received FGF-5 gene transfer.
Following gene transfer, left ventricular samples were examined to document transgene incorporation and expression. Briefly, 3 days after intracoronary gene transfer of IacZ, myocardium was treated with X-gal, and then counterstained with Eosin X120.
Examination using standard histological techniques revealed that the majority of myocytes showed ~i-galactosidase activity (blue stain). Activity was also seen 14 ~ 1 days after gene transfer in all animals that had received IacZ gene transfer. Higher magnification demonstrated cross striations in cells containing (i-galactosidase activity, confirming gene expression in myocytes. PCR
analysis using a sense primer directed against the CMV promoter and an antisense primer directed against an internal FGF-S sequence, was performed to confirm the presence of recombinant adenovirus DNA
encoding FGF-S in the ischemic (LCx) and nonischemic (LAD) regions of three animals that received FGF-5 gene transfer. The results, shown in Figure l0A confirmed the presence of the expected 500-by fragments. F'GF-S mRNA expression was then examined 14 days after gene transfer. As shown in Figure l OB, the KT-PCR-amplified 400-by fragment was present in both regions from two animals, whereas control animals showed no signal. A
polycional antibody directed against FGF-5 was used in immunmoblots of protein from the medium of cultured rat cardiac fibroblasts 48 hours after gene transfer of FGF-5 or lacZ. As shown in Figure l OC, FGF-5 protein was found after gene transfer of FGF-S (F), but not after gene transfer of IacZ ((3), demonstrating protein expression and e:Ktracellular secretion after FGF-S gene transfer. Finally, PCR, using a set of primers directed against adenovirus DNA (E2 region), was performed to determine whether adenovirus DNA was present in retina, liver, or skeletal muscle of two animals that received intracoronary injection of adenovirus 14 days before. As shown in Figure l OD, the expected 900-by amplified fragment was only found in a control lane (+) containing recombinant adenovirus (as a positive control), and not in the lanes derived from the retina (r), liver (1), or skeletal muscle (m) of the heated animals.
Successful gene transfer was documented in both the ischemic and nonischemic regions.
Immunoblotting showed FGF-5 protein in myocardium from animals that received FGF-S gene transfer. In additional experiments using cultured fibroblasts, we documented that gene transfer of FGF-5 conferred the ability o:f these cells to synthesize and secrete FGF-S
extracellularly. Media from cultured cells infected with recombinant adenovirus expressing FGF-5 showed a mitogenic SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) response ( 14-fold increase versus control; P = 0.005). Finally, two weeks after gene transfer, myocardial samples (but not liver samples) from IacZ infected animals showed (3-galactosidase activity on histological inspection. These studies confirm successful in vivo gene transfer and expression, and demonstrate the biological activity of the transgene product.
Two weeks after intracoronary injection of recombinant adenovirus, we were unable to detect viral DNA in liver, retina or skeletal muscle using PCR despite the presence of viral DNA in myocardium. Furthermore, viral DNA was undetectable in urine 2-24 hours after intracoronary injection. These experiments indicated that intracoronary delivery of the adenoviral vector minimized systemic arterial distribution of the virus to a level below the detection limits of the PCR methods. This technique might be difficult to achieve in animals with smaller coronary artery size such as rabbits.
To assess the efficiency of myocardial uptake of adenovirus, we measured the amount of adenovirus released from the heart by sampling pulmonary arterial blood during intracoronary injection. A surprising 98.7% of the virus was cleared by the heart on the first pass. Undiluted serum obtained from the pulmonary artery during intracoronary delivery of virus was incapable of forming viral plaques in appropriate conditions. Thus the present invention effectively provides a cardiac-specific gene delivery system.
Assessment of inflammation. Microscopic inspection of transmural sections of hearts of animals that had received recombinant adenovirus did not show inflammatory cell infiltrates, cell necrosis or increased fibrosis. As an additional evaluation for an adenovirus-induced cytopathic effect, we conducted immuno-histological studies to detect CD4 and CD8 antigens that would indicate the presence of cytotoxic T cells. These studies showed rare positive cells on transmural sections of heart from uninfected animals (n = 2) or animals that had received recombinant adenovirus (n = 4).
The liver also was free from inflammation.
EXAMPLE 6: GENE-MEDIATED ANGIOGENESIS USING AN FGF-4 TRANSGENE
This experimental example demonstrated successful gene therapy using a different angiogenic protein-encoding gene, FGF-4. The protocol for FGF-4 gene therapy was essentially as described in Example 5 above for FGF-5.
The human FGF-4 gene was isolated from a cDNA library which was constructed from mRNA of Kaposi's Sarcoma DNA transformed-NIH3T3 cells. The FGF-4 cDNA is about I .2 kb in length and encodes a polypeptide of 206 amino acids including a 30 amino acid signal peptide at the N-terminal (Dell Bovi et al. Cell 50:729-737, 1987; Bellosta et al. J.
Cell Biol. 121:705-713, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26j 1993). We subcloned the FG:F-4 cDNA as an essentially full-length 1.2 kb EcoRl fragment, into the EcoRl site in adenovirus vector pACCMVpLpASR (pACSR for simplicity). The 5' start site was at 243 basepairs and the :3' end at 863 basepairs. Recombinant adenovirus encoding FGF-4 (also referred to herein as Ad.FGF-4) was made as described in Example 2 for making the FGF-5 adenovirus.
Expression of FGF-4 in cardiac tissue (and a lack of expression in other tissues including the liver, skeletal muscle and eye) was confirmed by Western-blot analysis using anti-FGF-4 antibody for detection. The mitogenic effect of FGF-4 on proliferation of endothelial cells in vitro was also tested.
Forty-five days after ;3meroid placement, animals underwent studies to define stress-induced regional function andl blood flow and then received recombinant adenovirus expressing FGF-4 (n=6 animals) delivered by intracoronary injection. Thirteen days later, studies to define stress-induced regional function and blood flow were repeated. The following day, animals were killed and tissues collected.
Transgene Delivery As with FGF-5, gene transfer was performed after endogenous angiogenesis was quiescent and inducible myocardial ischemia, analogous to angina pectoris in patients, was present. For intracoronary delivery of the ~transgene, animals were anesthetized, and a SF
arterial sheath placed into the carotid artery. A SF multipurpose coronary catheter was inserted through the sheath and into the coronary arteries. Closure of the ameroid was confirmed in all animals by contrast injection into the left main coronary artery. The catheter tip was then placed 1 cm within the arterial lumen so that minimal material would be lost to the proximal aorta during injection. Five ml containing 1.5x1012 viral particles of recombinant adenovirus expressing FGF-4 were delivered by slowly injecting 3.0 ml into the left and 2.0 ml into the right coronary arteries.
Regional Function and Perfusion Forty-five days after ameroid placement, animals showed impaired wall thickening during atrial pacing. In contrast, two weeks after FGF-4 gene transfer there was a 2.7 fold increase in wall thickening in the ischemic region during pacing {p<0.0001; Figures 1 l and 12). Wall thickening in the normally perfused region (the interventricular septum) was normal during pacing and unaffected by gene transfer. The improvement in function after FGF-4 gene transfer was_ statistically indistinguishable from the improvement obtained following gene transfer with FGF-S
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) or FGF-2Ll + signal peptide ("sp") (Figure 11 ). Improved function in the ischemic region was associated with improved regional perfusion (Figure 12). As shown in Figure 12, prior to FGF-4 gene transfer there was a flow deficit in the ischemic region during pacing.
Two weeks after gene transfer with FGF-4, homogeneous contrast enhancement was seen in the two regions, indicating improved flow in the ischemic region (p=0.0001). Results with FGF-4 were statistically indistinguishable from results obtained with FGF-5 and FGF-2LI + sp (Figure 13). FGF-2LI+sp is described in Example 7 and refers to FGF-2 containing a signal sequence.
Transgene Expression l0 Exclusive expression of FGF-4 in the heart was confirmed by performing PCR
and RT-PCR using primers specific for sequences encoding the transgene. FGF-4 DNA and mRNA were found in the heart, but absent in the eye, liver, and skeletal muscle. These data confirm data derived from the use of Ad.FGF-S (n=2) and Ad.FGF-2LI + sp (n=1 ). Thus exclusive expression of the transgene in the heart was confirmed in all four animals which had received adenoviral vectors containing different angiogenic protein-encoding genes.
Absence of Myocardial Inflammation Transmural myocardial biopsies from three consecutive animals that received Ad.FGF-4 have been examined. The animals were killed 2 weeks after gene transfer. There was no evidence of inflammatory cell infiltrates, necrosis, or increased fibrosis in these sections compared to control ameroid animals that received no adenovirus. This was true in both the LAD and LCx beds. These slides were reviewed by a pathologist who made a blind-sample assessment and commented that there was no evidence for myocarditis in any section.
EXAMPLE 7: GENE-MEDIATED ANGIOGENESIS USING AN FGF-2 MUTEIN
This experimental example demonstrated successful gene therapy using a third angiogenic protein-encoding gene, FGF-2. This experiment also demonstrates how an angiogenic protein can be modified to increase secretion and potentially improve efficacy of angiogenic gene therapy in enhancing blood flow and cardiac function within the heart. The protocol used for human FGF-2 gene therapy was virtually identical to that employed for FGF-5 and FGF-4 above.
Acidic FGF (aFGF, FGF-1) and basic FGF (FGF-2) lack a native secretory signal sequence; although some protein secretion may occur. An alternate secretary pathway, not involving the Golgi apparatus, has been described for acidic FGF. Two FGF-2 constructs (FGF-2LI +sp and FGF-2LI
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) -sp) were made, one with a sequence encoding a signal peptide (FGF-2LI +sp) for the classic protein secretary pathway and one without the signal peptide encoding sequence (FGF-2LI -sp) to test for improved efficacy of FGF-2 having an added signal peptide over the same protein without the added signal peptide.
As shown below, FG;F-2 has a five-residue loop structure which extends from amino acid residue 118 to residue 122. This loap structure was replaced by cassette directed mutagenesis, with the corresponding five-residue loop from interleukin-1 ~i to produce FGF-2LI loop replacement mutants. Briefly, the gene encoding human G1u3~5FGF-2 (Seddon et al. Ann. N. Y.
Acad Sci. 638:98-108, 1991) was cloned into T7 expression vector pET-3a (M13), a derivative of pET-3a (Rosenberg et al. Genre 56:125-135, 1987), between restriction sites Ndel and BamHl. The unique restriction endonuclease sites, BstBl and Spll, were introduced into the gene in such a way as to produce no change in thw encoded amino acids (i.e. silent mutations) at positions that flank the codons encoding the segment Ser117-Trp123 of FGF-2.
Structured alignment) ofthe (39-~i10 loops in FGF-1, FGF-2, and IL-1(3.
FGF-1 ENHYNTYISKKHAEKHWF'JGLKKNG (SEQ ID N0. 6) FGF-2 SNNYNTYRSRKY..TSWY~IALKRTG (SEQ ID N0. 7) IL-1(3 NNKLEFESAQF..PNWYISTSQAE (SEQ ID N0. 8) 1 Numbering for FGF-1 and FGF-2 is from amino acid residue I deduced from the cDNA
sequence encoding the 155-residue form (as described in Seddon et al. Ann. N.
Y. Acad.
Sci. 638:98-108, 199'1 ), and that for IL-1 (3 is from residue 1 of the mature 153-residue polypeptide (id.).
Replacement of residues Arg118-Lysl 19-Tyr120-Thr121-Ser122 of FGF-2 with the human sequence AIa-Gln-Phe;-Pro-Asn from the corresponding loop of the structural analogue IL-1(3 (115-119) was essentially performed as follows:
The plasmid DNA, pIET-3a {M13), was subjected to BstBl and Spll digestion, and the resulting larger DNA fragment was isolated using agarose gel electrophoresis.
The DNA fragment SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) was ligated, using T4 DNA iigase, to a double-stranded DNA obtained by annealing two synthetic oligonucleotides: 5"-CGAACGATTG GAATCTAATA ACTACAATAC GTACCGGTCT
GCGCAGTTTC CTAACTGGTA TGTGGCACTT AAGC-3' (SEQ ID NO. 9) and 5' GTACGCTTAA GTGCCACATA CCAGTTAGGA AACTGCGCAG ACCGGTACGT
ATTGTAGTTA TTAGATTCCA ATCGTT-3' (SEQ ID NO. 10), that contain termini compatible with those generated by BstB 1 and Spll digestion. The ligation product was used to transfer Escherichia toll (strain DHSoc) cells. The desired mutant plasmid (FGF-2LI) was selected for on the basis of susceptibility to cleavage at the newly introduced Afl2 restriction site (underlined above).
IO FGF-2LI with and without signal peptide were constructed by using a polymerase chain reaction (PCR)-based method. In order to add the FGF-4 signal peptide sequences to the 5' of FGF-2LI and to ensure that the signal peptide will be cleaved from FGF-2LI
protein, the gene cassette used by Forough R. et al for getting the secreted FGF-1 was employed.
Using a primer (pFIB: 5'- CGGGATCCGC CCATGGCGGG GCCCGGGACG GC-3' (SEQ ID NO. 11) matching the 5' portion of the FGF-4 signal peptide and a second primer (pF2R:
5'-CGGAATTCTG TGAAGGTGGT GATTTCCC-3') (SEQ ID NO. 12) to the 5' portion of FGF-1, we synthesized, by PCR, a DNA fragment containing a Bam HI site at the 5' end of the FGF-4 signal peptide sequences followed by the first ten amino acids of FGF-1 and an EcoRI site at the 3' end. Using another pair of primers (pF3R: S'-CGGAATTCAT GGCTGAAGGG GAAATCACC-3' (SEQ ID NO. 13) and pF4HA: 5'-GCTCTAGATT AGGCGTAGTC TGGGACGTCG
TATGGGTAGC TCTTAGCAGA CATTGGAAGA AAAAG-3' (SEQ ID NO. 14)) matching the sequences of 5'- and 3'-of FGF-2LI, respectively, we obtained a second DNA
fragment which has an EcoRI site at the 5' end and an influenzae hemoagglutinin (HA) tag plus an XbaI site at the 3' end of the FGF-2LI. These two fragments were then subcloned into pcDNA3 vector at a BamHI
and XbaI site by three molecule ligation. The plasmid pFGF-2LI/cDNA3 which was similar to pSPFGF-2LI/cDNA3 except that it has no signal peptide was subcloned in a similar manner. Both plasmids were then sequenced to confirm the correction of the inserts. Both FGF-2LI fragments were then released from pcDNA3 by digestion with BamHI and XbaI and subcloned into pACCMVpLpASR(+) (pACSR for simplicity) which is a shuttle vector for making recombinant virus. Recombinant virus and injectable vector were prepared essentially as described in Example 2. Gene transfer was perfonmed as described in Example 5 (using 8 animals for FGF-2LI sp+ and 6 animals for FGF-2LI sp-, with the lacZ vector serving as a control, all with 1011 to 1012 viral particles).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) RESULTS USING FGF-2 MfUTEINS
Two weeks after gene transfer with FGF-2LI +sp, the peak contrast ratio (LCx/LV) during pacing stress at 200 bpm was significantly improved compared to pre-gene transfer. Figure 13 shows results using intracoronary gene transfer of recombinant adenovirus expressing lacZ, FGF-5, FGF-2LI +sp, FGF-2LI -sp" and FGF-4 for comparison. The black bar on the right side in Figure 13 shows the normal flow ratio using this method. FGF-2LI +sp normalized peak contrast flow ratio in these animals.
Percent wall thickening was also improved two weeks after intracoronary delivery of a recombinant adenovirus expressing FGF-2LI +sp. Figure 11 shows results using intracoronary gene transfer of recombinant ~idenovirus expressing IacZ, FGF-5, FGF-2LI +sp, FGF-2LI -sp, and FGF-4 for comparison. The black bar on the right side in Figure 11 shows the normal percent wall thickening before pacing-induced stress. FGF-2LI +sp improved regional function to a degree that was statistically indistinguishable fram FGF-S. Although there was some improvement noted after gene transfer with FGF-2LI -s:p, the improvement with the signal peptide containing transgene was IS superior (Figure 13).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26)
Associated with improved function in the ischemic region was improved regional blood flow. Two weeks after IacZ gene transfer there was a persistent flow deficit in the ischemic region during pacing (Fig. 8). Animals receiving FGF-5 gene transfer, however, showed homogeneous contrast enhancement in the two regions two weeks later, indicating improved blood flow in the ischemic region {P = 0.0001 ). To determine whether improved function and perfusion in the ischemic bed were long lasting, five animals were examined again 12 weeks after FGF-5 gene transfer. Each animal showed persistent improvements in function (P = 0.005;
Fig. 6) and perfusion (P = 0.001; Fig. 8).
Angiogenesis. Uninfected ameroid-constricted animals (no gene transfer performed) had identical physiological responses to animals receiving lacZ-encoding adenovirus, indicating that the lacZ
vector did not adversely affect native angiogenesis. To assess angiogenesis, myocardial capillary number was quantified using microscopic analysis of perfusion-fixed hearts (Fig. 9). The number of capillaries surrounding each myocardial fiber was greater in the endocardium of the ischemic and nonischemic regions in animals that received gene transfer with FGF-5 when compared with the same regions of the hearts of animals that had received gene transfer with IacZ (P = 0.038).
Thus, improved regional function and perfusion were associated with capillary angiogenesis two weeks after FGF-5 gene transfer. Increased capillary number around each fiber tended to increase in the epicardial portion of the wall after FGF-5 gene transfer (P = 0.13).
Other measures of capillarity such as capillary number per fiber cross-sectional area and capillary number per fiber number were not changed in endocardium or epicardium.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) DNA, mRNA and protein expression. Having established favorable effects of FGF-5 gene transfer on function, prefusion and capillary number around each fiber, it was imperative to demonstrate presence and expression of the transgene in the heart. Polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and reverse transcriptas;e coupled with PCR (RT-PCR) were used to detect transgenic FGF-5 DNA and mRNA in myocarnium from animals that had received FGF-5 gene transfer.
Following gene transfer, left ventricular samples were examined to document transgene incorporation and expression. Briefly, 3 days after intracoronary gene transfer of IacZ, myocardium was treated with X-gal, and then counterstained with Eosin X120.
Examination using standard histological techniques revealed that the majority of myocytes showed ~i-galactosidase activity (blue stain). Activity was also seen 14 ~ 1 days after gene transfer in all animals that had received IacZ gene transfer. Higher magnification demonstrated cross striations in cells containing (i-galactosidase activity, confirming gene expression in myocytes. PCR
analysis using a sense primer directed against the CMV promoter and an antisense primer directed against an internal FGF-S sequence, was performed to confirm the presence of recombinant adenovirus DNA
encoding FGF-S in the ischemic (LCx) and nonischemic (LAD) regions of three animals that received FGF-5 gene transfer. The results, shown in Figure l0A confirmed the presence of the expected 500-by fragments. F'GF-S mRNA expression was then examined 14 days after gene transfer. As shown in Figure l OB, the KT-PCR-amplified 400-by fragment was present in both regions from two animals, whereas control animals showed no signal. A
polycional antibody directed against FGF-5 was used in immunmoblots of protein from the medium of cultured rat cardiac fibroblasts 48 hours after gene transfer of FGF-5 or lacZ. As shown in Figure l OC, FGF-5 protein was found after gene transfer of FGF-S (F), but not after gene transfer of IacZ ((3), demonstrating protein expression and e:Ktracellular secretion after FGF-S gene transfer. Finally, PCR, using a set of primers directed against adenovirus DNA (E2 region), was performed to determine whether adenovirus DNA was present in retina, liver, or skeletal muscle of two animals that received intracoronary injection of adenovirus 14 days before. As shown in Figure l OD, the expected 900-by amplified fragment was only found in a control lane (+) containing recombinant adenovirus (as a positive control), and not in the lanes derived from the retina (r), liver (1), or skeletal muscle (m) of the heated animals.
Successful gene transfer was documented in both the ischemic and nonischemic regions.
Immunoblotting showed FGF-5 protein in myocardium from animals that received FGF-S gene transfer. In additional experiments using cultured fibroblasts, we documented that gene transfer of FGF-5 conferred the ability o:f these cells to synthesize and secrete FGF-S
extracellularly. Media from cultured cells infected with recombinant adenovirus expressing FGF-5 showed a mitogenic SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) response ( 14-fold increase versus control; P = 0.005). Finally, two weeks after gene transfer, myocardial samples (but not liver samples) from IacZ infected animals showed (3-galactosidase activity on histological inspection. These studies confirm successful in vivo gene transfer and expression, and demonstrate the biological activity of the transgene product.
Two weeks after intracoronary injection of recombinant adenovirus, we were unable to detect viral DNA in liver, retina or skeletal muscle using PCR despite the presence of viral DNA in myocardium. Furthermore, viral DNA was undetectable in urine 2-24 hours after intracoronary injection. These experiments indicated that intracoronary delivery of the adenoviral vector minimized systemic arterial distribution of the virus to a level below the detection limits of the PCR methods. This technique might be difficult to achieve in animals with smaller coronary artery size such as rabbits.
To assess the efficiency of myocardial uptake of adenovirus, we measured the amount of adenovirus released from the heart by sampling pulmonary arterial blood during intracoronary injection. A surprising 98.7% of the virus was cleared by the heart on the first pass. Undiluted serum obtained from the pulmonary artery during intracoronary delivery of virus was incapable of forming viral plaques in appropriate conditions. Thus the present invention effectively provides a cardiac-specific gene delivery system.
Assessment of inflammation. Microscopic inspection of transmural sections of hearts of animals that had received recombinant adenovirus did not show inflammatory cell infiltrates, cell necrosis or increased fibrosis. As an additional evaluation for an adenovirus-induced cytopathic effect, we conducted immuno-histological studies to detect CD4 and CD8 antigens that would indicate the presence of cytotoxic T cells. These studies showed rare positive cells on transmural sections of heart from uninfected animals (n = 2) or animals that had received recombinant adenovirus (n = 4).
The liver also was free from inflammation.
EXAMPLE 6: GENE-MEDIATED ANGIOGENESIS USING AN FGF-4 TRANSGENE
This experimental example demonstrated successful gene therapy using a different angiogenic protein-encoding gene, FGF-4. The protocol for FGF-4 gene therapy was essentially as described in Example 5 above for FGF-5.
The human FGF-4 gene was isolated from a cDNA library which was constructed from mRNA of Kaposi's Sarcoma DNA transformed-NIH3T3 cells. The FGF-4 cDNA is about I .2 kb in length and encodes a polypeptide of 206 amino acids including a 30 amino acid signal peptide at the N-terminal (Dell Bovi et al. Cell 50:729-737, 1987; Bellosta et al. J.
Cell Biol. 121:705-713, SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26j 1993). We subcloned the FG:F-4 cDNA as an essentially full-length 1.2 kb EcoRl fragment, into the EcoRl site in adenovirus vector pACCMVpLpASR (pACSR for simplicity). The 5' start site was at 243 basepairs and the :3' end at 863 basepairs. Recombinant adenovirus encoding FGF-4 (also referred to herein as Ad.FGF-4) was made as described in Example 2 for making the FGF-5 adenovirus.
Expression of FGF-4 in cardiac tissue (and a lack of expression in other tissues including the liver, skeletal muscle and eye) was confirmed by Western-blot analysis using anti-FGF-4 antibody for detection. The mitogenic effect of FGF-4 on proliferation of endothelial cells in vitro was also tested.
Forty-five days after ;3meroid placement, animals underwent studies to define stress-induced regional function andl blood flow and then received recombinant adenovirus expressing FGF-4 (n=6 animals) delivered by intracoronary injection. Thirteen days later, studies to define stress-induced regional function and blood flow were repeated. The following day, animals were killed and tissues collected.
Transgene Delivery As with FGF-5, gene transfer was performed after endogenous angiogenesis was quiescent and inducible myocardial ischemia, analogous to angina pectoris in patients, was present. For intracoronary delivery of the ~transgene, animals were anesthetized, and a SF
arterial sheath placed into the carotid artery. A SF multipurpose coronary catheter was inserted through the sheath and into the coronary arteries. Closure of the ameroid was confirmed in all animals by contrast injection into the left main coronary artery. The catheter tip was then placed 1 cm within the arterial lumen so that minimal material would be lost to the proximal aorta during injection. Five ml containing 1.5x1012 viral particles of recombinant adenovirus expressing FGF-4 were delivered by slowly injecting 3.0 ml into the left and 2.0 ml into the right coronary arteries.
Regional Function and Perfusion Forty-five days after ameroid placement, animals showed impaired wall thickening during atrial pacing. In contrast, two weeks after FGF-4 gene transfer there was a 2.7 fold increase in wall thickening in the ischemic region during pacing {p<0.0001; Figures 1 l and 12). Wall thickening in the normally perfused region (the interventricular septum) was normal during pacing and unaffected by gene transfer. The improvement in function after FGF-4 gene transfer was_ statistically indistinguishable from the improvement obtained following gene transfer with FGF-S
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) or FGF-2Ll + signal peptide ("sp") (Figure 11 ). Improved function in the ischemic region was associated with improved regional perfusion (Figure 12). As shown in Figure 12, prior to FGF-4 gene transfer there was a flow deficit in the ischemic region during pacing.
Two weeks after gene transfer with FGF-4, homogeneous contrast enhancement was seen in the two regions, indicating improved flow in the ischemic region (p=0.0001). Results with FGF-4 were statistically indistinguishable from results obtained with FGF-5 and FGF-2LI + sp (Figure 13). FGF-2LI+sp is described in Example 7 and refers to FGF-2 containing a signal sequence.
Transgene Expression l0 Exclusive expression of FGF-4 in the heart was confirmed by performing PCR
and RT-PCR using primers specific for sequences encoding the transgene. FGF-4 DNA and mRNA were found in the heart, but absent in the eye, liver, and skeletal muscle. These data confirm data derived from the use of Ad.FGF-S (n=2) and Ad.FGF-2LI + sp (n=1 ). Thus exclusive expression of the transgene in the heart was confirmed in all four animals which had received adenoviral vectors containing different angiogenic protein-encoding genes.
Absence of Myocardial Inflammation Transmural myocardial biopsies from three consecutive animals that received Ad.FGF-4 have been examined. The animals were killed 2 weeks after gene transfer. There was no evidence of inflammatory cell infiltrates, necrosis, or increased fibrosis in these sections compared to control ameroid animals that received no adenovirus. This was true in both the LAD and LCx beds. These slides were reviewed by a pathologist who made a blind-sample assessment and commented that there was no evidence for myocarditis in any section.
EXAMPLE 7: GENE-MEDIATED ANGIOGENESIS USING AN FGF-2 MUTEIN
This experimental example demonstrated successful gene therapy using a third angiogenic protein-encoding gene, FGF-2. This experiment also demonstrates how an angiogenic protein can be modified to increase secretion and potentially improve efficacy of angiogenic gene therapy in enhancing blood flow and cardiac function within the heart. The protocol used for human FGF-2 gene therapy was virtually identical to that employed for FGF-5 and FGF-4 above.
Acidic FGF (aFGF, FGF-1) and basic FGF (FGF-2) lack a native secretory signal sequence; although some protein secretion may occur. An alternate secretary pathway, not involving the Golgi apparatus, has been described for acidic FGF. Two FGF-2 constructs (FGF-2LI +sp and FGF-2LI
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) -sp) were made, one with a sequence encoding a signal peptide (FGF-2LI +sp) for the classic protein secretary pathway and one without the signal peptide encoding sequence (FGF-2LI -sp) to test for improved efficacy of FGF-2 having an added signal peptide over the same protein without the added signal peptide.
As shown below, FG;F-2 has a five-residue loop structure which extends from amino acid residue 118 to residue 122. This loap structure was replaced by cassette directed mutagenesis, with the corresponding five-residue loop from interleukin-1 ~i to produce FGF-2LI loop replacement mutants. Briefly, the gene encoding human G1u3~5FGF-2 (Seddon et al. Ann. N. Y.
Acad Sci. 638:98-108, 1991) was cloned into T7 expression vector pET-3a (M13), a derivative of pET-3a (Rosenberg et al. Genre 56:125-135, 1987), between restriction sites Ndel and BamHl. The unique restriction endonuclease sites, BstBl and Spll, were introduced into the gene in such a way as to produce no change in thw encoded amino acids (i.e. silent mutations) at positions that flank the codons encoding the segment Ser117-Trp123 of FGF-2.
Structured alignment) ofthe (39-~i10 loops in FGF-1, FGF-2, and IL-1(3.
FGF-1 ENHYNTYISKKHAEKHWF'JGLKKNG (SEQ ID N0. 6) FGF-2 SNNYNTYRSRKY..TSWY~IALKRTG (SEQ ID N0. 7) IL-1(3 NNKLEFESAQF..PNWYISTSQAE (SEQ ID N0. 8) 1 Numbering for FGF-1 and FGF-2 is from amino acid residue I deduced from the cDNA
sequence encoding the 155-residue form (as described in Seddon et al. Ann. N.
Y. Acad.
Sci. 638:98-108, 199'1 ), and that for IL-1 (3 is from residue 1 of the mature 153-residue polypeptide (id.).
Replacement of residues Arg118-Lysl 19-Tyr120-Thr121-Ser122 of FGF-2 with the human sequence AIa-Gln-Phe;-Pro-Asn from the corresponding loop of the structural analogue IL-1(3 (115-119) was essentially performed as follows:
The plasmid DNA, pIET-3a {M13), was subjected to BstBl and Spll digestion, and the resulting larger DNA fragment was isolated using agarose gel electrophoresis.
The DNA fragment SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) was ligated, using T4 DNA iigase, to a double-stranded DNA obtained by annealing two synthetic oligonucleotides: 5"-CGAACGATTG GAATCTAATA ACTACAATAC GTACCGGTCT
GCGCAGTTTC CTAACTGGTA TGTGGCACTT AAGC-3' (SEQ ID NO. 9) and 5' GTACGCTTAA GTGCCACATA CCAGTTAGGA AACTGCGCAG ACCGGTACGT
ATTGTAGTTA TTAGATTCCA ATCGTT-3' (SEQ ID NO. 10), that contain termini compatible with those generated by BstB 1 and Spll digestion. The ligation product was used to transfer Escherichia toll (strain DHSoc) cells. The desired mutant plasmid (FGF-2LI) was selected for on the basis of susceptibility to cleavage at the newly introduced Afl2 restriction site (underlined above).
IO FGF-2LI with and without signal peptide were constructed by using a polymerase chain reaction (PCR)-based method. In order to add the FGF-4 signal peptide sequences to the 5' of FGF-2LI and to ensure that the signal peptide will be cleaved from FGF-2LI
protein, the gene cassette used by Forough R. et al for getting the secreted FGF-1 was employed.
Using a primer (pFIB: 5'- CGGGATCCGC CCATGGCGGG GCCCGGGACG GC-3' (SEQ ID NO. 11) matching the 5' portion of the FGF-4 signal peptide and a second primer (pF2R:
5'-CGGAATTCTG TGAAGGTGGT GATTTCCC-3') (SEQ ID NO. 12) to the 5' portion of FGF-1, we synthesized, by PCR, a DNA fragment containing a Bam HI site at the 5' end of the FGF-4 signal peptide sequences followed by the first ten amino acids of FGF-1 and an EcoRI site at the 3' end. Using another pair of primers (pF3R: S'-CGGAATTCAT GGCTGAAGGG GAAATCACC-3' (SEQ ID NO. 13) and pF4HA: 5'-GCTCTAGATT AGGCGTAGTC TGGGACGTCG
TATGGGTAGC TCTTAGCAGA CATTGGAAGA AAAAG-3' (SEQ ID NO. 14)) matching the sequences of 5'- and 3'-of FGF-2LI, respectively, we obtained a second DNA
fragment which has an EcoRI site at the 5' end and an influenzae hemoagglutinin (HA) tag plus an XbaI site at the 3' end of the FGF-2LI. These two fragments were then subcloned into pcDNA3 vector at a BamHI
and XbaI site by three molecule ligation. The plasmid pFGF-2LI/cDNA3 which was similar to pSPFGF-2LI/cDNA3 except that it has no signal peptide was subcloned in a similar manner. Both plasmids were then sequenced to confirm the correction of the inserts. Both FGF-2LI fragments were then released from pcDNA3 by digestion with BamHI and XbaI and subcloned into pACCMVpLpASR(+) (pACSR for simplicity) which is a shuttle vector for making recombinant virus. Recombinant virus and injectable vector were prepared essentially as described in Example 2. Gene transfer was perfonmed as described in Example 5 (using 8 animals for FGF-2LI sp+ and 6 animals for FGF-2LI sp-, with the lacZ vector serving as a control, all with 1011 to 1012 viral particles).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) RESULTS USING FGF-2 MfUTEINS
Two weeks after gene transfer with FGF-2LI +sp, the peak contrast ratio (LCx/LV) during pacing stress at 200 bpm was significantly improved compared to pre-gene transfer. Figure 13 shows results using intracoronary gene transfer of recombinant adenovirus expressing lacZ, FGF-5, FGF-2LI +sp, FGF-2LI -sp" and FGF-4 for comparison. The black bar on the right side in Figure 13 shows the normal flow ratio using this method. FGF-2LI +sp normalized peak contrast flow ratio in these animals.
Percent wall thickening was also improved two weeks after intracoronary delivery of a recombinant adenovirus expressing FGF-2LI +sp. Figure 11 shows results using intracoronary gene transfer of recombinant ~idenovirus expressing IacZ, FGF-5, FGF-2LI +sp, FGF-2LI -sp, and FGF-4 for comparison. The black bar on the right side in Figure 11 shows the normal percent wall thickening before pacing-induced stress. FGF-2LI +sp improved regional function to a degree that was statistically indistinguishable fram FGF-S. Although there was some improvement noted after gene transfer with FGF-2LI -s:p, the improvement with the signal peptide containing transgene was IS superior (Figure 13).
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26)
Claims (58)
1. A method for treating a patient suffering from congestive heart failure, comprising delivering a vector to the heart of said patient, said vector comprising a gene encoding an angiogenic protein or peptide operablly linked to a promoter for expression of the gene.
2, The method of claim 1, wherein the congestive heart failure is associated with severe coronary artery disease and myocardial ischemia.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the congestive heart failure is associated with a dilated cardiomyopathy.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein the vector is delivered to a blood vessel supplying blood to the myocardium off the heart.
5. The method of claim 4, wherein said blood vessel supplying blood to the myocardium is a coronary artery, a saphenous vein graft, or an internal mammary artery graft.
6. The method of claim 4, wherein the vector is delivered by intracoronary injection directly into the left and/or right coronary arteries.
7. The method of claim 6, wherein said intracoronary injection is conducted about 1 cm into the lumens of the left and/or right coronary arteries.
8. The method of claim 1, wherein the angiogenic protein or peptide is a member of the fibroblast growth factor (FGF) family.
9. The method of claim 8, wherein the angiogenic protein or peptide is an FGF-4, FGF-5, FGF-6, FGF-1 or FGF-2.
10. The method of claim 9, wherein the angiogenic protein is an FGF-4.
11. The method of claim 9, wherein the angiogenic protein is an FGF-5.
12. The method of claim 10, wherein the angiogenic protein is an FGF-1.
13. The method of claim 10, wherein the angiogenic protein is an FGF-2.
14. The method of claim 1, wherein the angiogenic protein comprises a secretion signal sequence.
15. The method of claim 14, wherein the angiogenic protein is an FGF-2 modified by inclusion of a heterologous secretion signal sequence.
16. The method of claim 1, wherein the angiogenic protein or peptide is a member of the vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) family.
17. The method of claim 16, wherein the angiogenic protein or peptide is a VEGF-121, VEGF-145, VEGF-165, VEGF-189, VEGF-206, VEGF-167, VEGF-186 or a VEGF-C.
18. The method of claim 1, wherein the angiogenic protein or peptide is a member of the platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF) family.
19. The method of claim 18, wherein the angiogenic protein or peptide is a PDGF-A
or a PDGF-B.
or a PDGF-B.
20. The method of claim 1, wherein the angiogenic protein or peptide is a member of the insulin-like growth factor (IGF) family.
21. The method of claim 1, wherein said promoter is a CMV promoter.
22. The method of claim 1, wherein said promoter is tissue-specific for cardiac myocytes.
23. The method of claim 22, wherein said tissue-specific promoter is a ventricular myocyte-specific promoter.
24. The method of claim 23, wherein said ventricular myocyte-specific promoter is a ventricular myosin light chain-2 promoter or a ventricular myosin heavy chain promoter.
25. The method of claim 1, wherein the vector is a viral vector or a lipid-based vector.
26. The method of claim 25, wherein the vector is a viral particle.
27. The method of claim 26, wherein the viral particle is a replication-defective adenovirus (Ad).
28. The method of claim 26, wherein the viral particle is a replication-defective adeno-associated virus (AAV).
29. The method of claim 26, wherein about 10 6-10 14 virus vector particles are delivered in the injection.
30. The method of claim 27, wherein about 10 8-10 12 adenovirus vector particles are delivered in the injection.
31. A method for preventing or alleviating ventricular remodeling in a patient who has suffered a myocardial infarction, comprising delivering a vector to the heart of said patient, said vector comprising a gene encoding an angiogenic protein or peptide operably linked to a promoter for expression of the gene, thereby increasing myocardial blood flow and alleviating deleterious ventricular remodeling.
32. The method of claim 31, wherein the vector is delivered to a blood vessel supplying blood to the myocardium of the heart.
33. The method of claim 32, wherein said blood vessel supplying blood to the myocardium is a coronary artery, a saphenous vein graft, or an internal mammary artery graft.
34. The method of claim 32, wherein the vector is delivered by intracoronary injection directly into the left and/or right coronary arteries.
35. The method of claim 34, wherein said intracoronary injection is conducted about 1 cm into the lumens of the left and/or right coronary arteries.
36. The method of claim 31, wherein the angiogenic protein or peptide is a member of the fibroblast growth factor (FGF) family.
37. The method of claim 36, wherein the angiogenic protein or peptide is an FGF-4, FGF-5, FGF-6, FGF-1 or FGF-2.
38. The method of claim 37, wherein the angiogenic protein is an FGF-4.
39. The method of claim 37, wherein the angiogenic protein is an FGF-5.
40. The method of claim 39, wherein the angiogenic protein is an FGF-1.
41. The method of claim 39, wherein the angiogenic protein is an FGF-2.
42. The method of claim 31, wherein the angiogenic protein comprises a secretion signal sequence.
43. The method of claim 42, wherein the angiogenic protein is an FGF-2 modified by inclusion of a heterologous secretion signal sequence.
44. The method of claim 31, wherein the angiogenic protein or peptide is a member of the vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) family.
45. The method of claim 44, wherein the angiogenic protein or peptide is a VEGF-121, VEGF-145, VEGF-165, VEGF-189, VEGF-206, VEGF-167, VEGF-186 or a VEGF-C.
46. The method of claim 31, wherein the angiogenic protein or peptide is a member of the platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF) family.
47. The method of claim 46, wherein the angiogenic protein or peptide is a PDGF-A
or a PDGF-B.
or a PDGF-B.
48. The method of claim 31, wherein the angiogenic protein or peptide is a member of the insulin-like growth factor (IGF) family.
49. The method of claim 31, wherein said promoter is a CMV promoter.
50. The method of claim 31, wherein said promoter is tissue-specific for cardiac myocytes.
51. The method of claim 50, wherein said tissue-specific promoter is a ventricular myocyte-specific promoter.
52. The method of claim 51, wherein said ventricular myocyte-specific promoter is a ventricular myosin light chain-2 promoter or a ventricular myosin heavy chain promoter.
53. The method of claim 31, wherein the vector is a viral vector or a lipid-based vector.
54. The method of claim 53, wherein the vector is a viral particle.
55. The method of claim 54, wherein the viral particle is a replication-defective adenovirus (Ad).
56. The method of claim 54, wherein the viral particle is a replication-defective adeno-associated virus (AAV).
57. The method of claim 54, wherein about 10 6-10 14 virus vector particles are delivered in the injection.
58. The method of claim 55, wherein about 10 8-10 12 adenovirus vector particles are delivered in the injection.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US08/852,779 | 1997-05-06 | ||
US85277997A | 1997-05-07 | 1997-05-07 | |
PCT/US1998/008848 WO1998050079A2 (en) | 1997-05-06 | 1998-04-30 | Techniques and compositions for treating heart failure and ventricular remodeling by in vivo delivery of angiogenic transgenes |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2289600A1 CA2289600A1 (en) | 1998-11-12 |
CA2289600C true CA2289600C (en) | 2010-06-29 |
Family
ID=25314196
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2289600A Expired - Fee Related CA2289600C (en) | 1997-05-06 | 1998-04-30 | Techniques and compositions for treating heart failure and ventricular remodeling by in vivo delivery of angiogenic transgenes |
Country Status (8)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP0980428A2 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2002515065A (en) |
KR (2) | KR20070005030A (en) |
CN (1) | CN1267331A (en) |
AU (1) | AU7173598A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2289600C (en) |
EA (1) | EA005157B1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO1998050079A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (14)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO1999062940A2 (en) * | 1998-05-30 | 1999-12-09 | Collateral Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods of altering cardiac cell phenotype |
DE19915485A1 (en) | 1999-04-07 | 2000-10-19 | Hugo A Katus | Heart failure therapy |
KR20020049031A (en) * | 1999-11-05 | 2002-06-24 | 더 리젠츠 오브 더 유니버시티 오브 캘리포니아 | Techniques and compositions for treating cardiovascular disease by in vivo gene delivery |
CA2412847A1 (en) * | 2000-06-30 | 2002-01-10 | Collateral Therapeutics, Inc. | Dual recombinant gene therapy compositions and methods of use |
KR100562824B1 (en) | 2002-03-20 | 2006-03-23 | 주식회사 바이로메드 | Hybrid hepatocyte growth factor gene which has a high expression efficiency and expresses two heterotypes of hepatocyte growth factor |
WO2008127607A2 (en) | 2007-04-11 | 2008-10-23 | Henry Ford Health System | Cardiac repair, resizing and reshaping using the venous system of the heart |
US8221738B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2012-07-17 | Celladon Corporation | Method for enhanced uptake of viral vectors in the myocardium |
AU2009234598C1 (en) | 2008-04-09 | 2012-08-23 | Viromed Co., Ltd. | Lyophilized DNA formulations for enhanced expression of plasmid DNA |
WO2009132457A1 (en) | 2008-05-02 | 2009-11-05 | University Of Western Ontario | Fgf-9 and its use relating to blood vessels |
HUE036640T2 (en) * | 2012-02-14 | 2018-07-30 | Univ California | Systemic delivery and regulated expression of paracrine genes for cardiovascular diseases and other conditions |
RU2639582C2 (en) | 2013-10-22 | 2017-12-21 | Виромед Ко., Лтд. | Composition for prevention or treatment of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis using two or more hepatocytes growth factor isophorms |
CA3106297A1 (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2020-01-23 | Helixmith Co., Ltd. | Lyophilized pharmaceutical compositions for naked dna gene therapy |
CN109517807A (en) * | 2018-11-20 | 2019-03-26 | 暨南大学 | A kind of phage vector and application thereof of cardiovascular targeting |
WO2020190940A1 (en) * | 2019-03-17 | 2020-09-24 | Baylor College Of Medicine | Direct reprogramming of cardiac fibroblasts into cardiomyocytes using an endothelial cell transdifferentiation strategy |
Family Cites Families (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO1996026742A1 (en) * | 1995-02-28 | 1996-09-06 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Gene transfer-mediated angiogenesis therapy |
-
1998
- 1998-04-30 AU AU71735/98A patent/AU7173598A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1998-04-30 EA EA199901002A patent/EA005157B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1998-04-30 WO PCT/US1998/008848 patent/WO1998050079A2/en active Application Filing
- 1998-04-30 CA CA2289600A patent/CA2289600C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1998-04-30 JP JP54824398A patent/JP2002515065A/en active Pending
- 1998-04-30 KR KR1020067026818A patent/KR20070005030A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1998-04-30 KR KR1019997010265A patent/KR20010012313A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1998-04-30 EP EP98918904A patent/EP0980428A2/en not_active Ceased
- 1998-04-30 CN CN98806526A patent/CN1267331A/en active Pending
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
KR20010012313A (en) | 2001-02-15 |
EA005157B1 (en) | 2004-12-30 |
CA2289600A1 (en) | 1998-11-12 |
JP2002515065A (en) | 2002-05-21 |
EP0980428A2 (en) | 2000-02-23 |
WO1998050079A2 (en) | 1998-11-12 |
WO1998050079A3 (en) | 1999-02-04 |
EA199901002A1 (en) | 2000-08-28 |
CN1267331A (en) | 2000-09-20 |
KR20070005030A (en) | 2007-01-09 |
AU7173598A (en) | 1998-11-27 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20090082293A1 (en) | Techniques and compositions for treating cardiovascular disease by in vivo gene delivery | |
AU706908B2 (en) | Gene-transfer-mediated angiogenesis therapy | |
US6174871B1 (en) | Gene therapies for enhancing cardiac function | |
CA2289600C (en) | Techniques and compositions for treating heart failure and ventricular remodeling by in vivo delivery of angiogenic transgenes | |
AU784392B2 (en) | Techniques and compositions for treating cardiovascular disease by in vivo gene delivery | |
WO1999062940A9 (en) | Methods of altering cardiac cell phenotype | |
EP1695719A1 (en) | Combination of a nucleic acid and a vasoactive agent for enhanced gene delivery | |
AU2002216751A1 (en) | Dual recombinant gene therapy compositions and methods of use | |
AU2006200170B2 (en) | Combination of a nucleic acid and a vasoactive agent for enhanced gene delivery | |
AU706050C (en) | Gene transfer-mediated angiogenesis therapy | |
AU2006235836A1 (en) | Gene transfer-mediated angiogenesis therapy | |
AU4754199A (en) | Gene transfer-mediated angiogenesis therapy |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
MKLA | Lapsed |
Effective date: 20180430 |